ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES INC
10-K, 2000-03-20
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, NEC
Previous: FIRST SUNAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE CO, 424B3, 2000-03-20
Next: VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS III, 24F-2NT, 2000-03-20



<PAGE>   1

================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                 ---------------

                                    FORM 10-K

(MARK ONE)

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED).

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999.

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED).

For the transition period from __________  to __________.

                         Commission file number: 0-26966

                        ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


DELAWARE                                                84-0846841
(State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

1625 SHARP POINT DRIVE, FORT COLLINS, CO                80525
(Address of principal executive offices)                (Zip Code)


Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (970) 221-4670

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                      NONE

           Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

                         COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE

                                (Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X  No   .
                                             ---   ---

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and
will not be contained, to the best of registrant's



                                       1
<PAGE>   2

knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K [ ].

As of February 29, 2000, there were 28,456,816 shares of the Registrant's Common
Stock outstanding and the aggregate market value of such stock held by
non-affiliates of the Registrant was $1,174,584,105.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Company's definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of
stockholders to be held on May 10, 2000 are incorporated by reference into Part
III of this Form 10-K.



                                       2
<PAGE>   3

                        ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                    FORM 10-K
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S>               <C>                                                           <C>
PART I
    ITEM 1.       BUSINESS                                                       4
                  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT                          29
    ITEM 2.       PROPERTIES                                                    30
    ITEM 3.       LEGAL PROCEEDINGS                                             30
    ITEM 4.       SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY
                    HOLDERS                                                     30

PART II
    ITEM 5.       MARKET PRICE FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND
                     RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS                                31
    ITEM 6.       SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA                          32
    ITEM 7.       MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                     CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS                        33
    ITEM 7.A.     QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT
                      MARKET RISK                                               46
    ITEM 8.       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA                   47
    ITEM 9.       DISAGREEMENTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
                    DISCLOSURES                                                 68

PART III
    ITEM 10.      DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT            69
    ITEM 11.      EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION                                        69
    ITEM 12.      SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
                     AND MANAGEMENT                                             69
    ITEM 13.      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS                69

PART IV
    ITEM 14.      EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS
                     ON FORM 8-K                                                70
</TABLE>



                                       3
<PAGE>   4

PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

    GENERAL

    We design, manufacture and support power conversion and control systems.
These systems are important components in industrial manufacturing equipment
that modifies surfaces or deposits or etches thin film layers on computer chips,
CDs, flat panel displays such as computer screens, DVDs, windows, eyeglasses,
solar panels and other products. Our systems refine, modify and control the raw
electrical power from a utility and convert it into power that is uniform and
predictable. This allows manufacturing equipment to produce and deposit very
thin films at an even thickness on a mass scale.

    We market and sell our systems primarily to large, original equipment
manufacturers of semiconductor, flat panel display, data storage and other
industrial thin film manufacturing equipment. We have sold our systems worldwide
to more than 100 OEMs and directly to more than 500 end-users. Our principal
customers include Applied Materials, Balzers, Eaton, Lam Research, Novellus,
Singulus and ULVAC.

    We seek to expand our product offerings and customer base. In August 1997 we
acquired Tower Electronics, Inc. This acquisition expanded our technology and
customer base, and provided us with the capability to design and manufacture
power conversion systems for use in modems, non-impact printers, night vision
goggles and laser devices. Representative customers of these systems include
U.S. Robotics, Videojet Systems International and ITT.

    We achieved another step with additional technology and new market
penetration in September 1998 when we acquired the assets of Fourth State
Technology, Inc. This acquisition provided us with the capability to design and
manufacture power-related process control systems used to monitor and analyze
data in thin film processes.

    In October 1998 we acquired RF Power Products, Inc., which designs,
manufactures and markets radio frequency (RF) power conversion and control
systems consisting of generators and matching networks. This acquisition
expanded our existing product line of RF generators and matching networks.
Generators provide radio frequency power and matching networks provide the power
flow control to our customers' equipment. We sell these products principally to
semiconductor capital equipment manufacturers. We also sell similar systems to
capital equipment manufacturers in the flat panel display and thin film disk
media industries. We continue to explore applications for these products in
other industries.

    In October 1999 we further expanded our range of product offerings when we
acquired a majority ownership in LITMAS, in which we had previously held a
minority interest. LITMAS is a manufacturer of plasma gas abatement systems and
high-density plasma



                                       4
<PAGE>   5

sources for the semiconductor capital equipment industry.

    Since inception we have sold over 175,000 power conversion and control
systems. Sales to customers in the semiconductor capital equipment industry
constituted 49% of our sales in 1998 and 61% in 1999. We sell our systems
primarily through direct sales personnel to customers in the United States,
Europe and Asia, and through distributors and representatives in Australia,
China, Hong Kong, India, Israel, Italy, Mexico, Singapore, Sweden and Turkey.
International sales represented 28% of our sales in 1998 and 29% in 1999.

DEVELOPMENT OF COMPANY BUSINESS

    We incorporated in Colorado in 1981 and reincorporated in Delaware in 1995.
In 1995 we effected the initial public offering of our Common Stock. As used in
this Form 10-K, references to "Advanced Energy" refer to Advanced Energy
Industries, Inc. and references to "we", "us", or "our" refer to Advanced Energy
and its consolidated subsidiaries. Our principal executive offices are located
at 1625 Sharp Point Drive, Fort Collins, Colorado 80525, and our telephone
number is 970-221-4670.

PRODUCTS

    Our switchmode power conversion and control systems have enabled our
customers to develop new plasma-based processing applications. In 1982 we
introduced our first low-frequency switchmode power conversion and control
system specifically designed for use in plasma processes. In 1983 we introduced
our first direct current (DC) system designed for use in physical vapor
deposition (PVD) applications. This DC system is a compact, cost-effective power
solution, which greatly reduces stored energy, a major limitation in PVD
systems. In 1989 we introduced tuners used to match the characteristics of the
plasma with the RF generators. We carried this theme further in 1995 when we
introduced the Pinnacle series of DC systems. In 1990 we introduced the first
switchmode RF power conversion and control systems for use in semiconductor etch
applications. This product line achieved significant design wins because of its
smaller size and its ability to provide more precise control. In 1998 we
developed the APEX series of RF systems, which use new technology to further
reduce size and extend the frequency and power range of our RF product line. We
introduced a family of accessories for the DC product line in 1993. These pulsed
DC products provided major improvements in arc prevention and suppression. We
are currently extending the power range of our systems to much higher power
levels to enable them to supply products for emerging industrial applications.
The products in these product families range in price from $1,500 to $170,000,
with an average price of approximately $9,200.

    The acquisition of the assets of MIK Physics, Inc. in 1997 provided the base
technology for our recently introduced Astral products, which are high-power DC
systems used in PVD process equipment. As part of this acquisition, several
technologists



                                       5
<PAGE>   6

familiar with ion sources joined us and, together with a technology transfer
agreement, provided us with an initial design of ion sources suitable for
cleaning, deposition and etching processes at sub-atmospheric pressures. These
products are useful in industrial applications and in the data storage area.

    The acquisition of Tower in 1997 expanded our product line to include
low-power DC power conversion systems for use in telecommunications and other
industrial applications. These power conversion systems range in power from 50
watts to 600 watts and have an average selling price of approximately $500.

    The acquisition of RF Power Products in 1998 expanded our product line of RF
generators and matching networks. Solid-state generators are presently available
for power requirements of up to 5,000 watts and are sold primarily to capital
equipment manufacturers in the semiconductor equipment, flat panel display, thin
film and analytical equipment markets. Tube-type generators are available at
power levels from 10,000 to 30,000 watts and are sold primarily to capital
equipment manufacturers in the thin film head manufacturing market. RF matching
networks are systems composed primarily of variable inductors and capacitors
with application-specific circuits that can be designed to a customer's specific
power requirements. Our RF generators and matching networks have average selling
prices similar to our DC products.

    The acquisition of Fourth State Technology in 1998 enhanced our capability
to design and manufacture RF power-related process control systems used to
monitor and analyze data in thin film processes. This technology also is
enabling us to develop power conversion and control systems that incorporate
advanced measurement and control systems.

    The acquisition of a majority interest in LITMAS in 1999 expanded our
product line to include plasma abatement systems and high-density plasma
sources. We market these products to semiconductor capital equipment
manufacturers.

    The following chart sets forth our principal product lines and related basic
information:



                                       6
<PAGE>   7

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          PRODUCT                                POWER/CURRENT           MAJOR PROCESS
                          PLATFORM          DESCRIPTION              LEVEL               APPLICATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>             <C>                    <C>                   <C>
                      MDX              Power control and      500W-80kW             PVD
       DIRECT                          conversion system                            o Metal sputtering
                                                                                    o Reactive sputtering
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
      CURRENT         MDX II           Power control and      15kW-120kW            PVD
                                       conversion system                            o Metal sputtering
      PRODUCTS                                                                      o Reactive sputtering
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      Pinnacle(TM)     Power control and      6kW-120kW             PVD
                                       conversion
                                       system                                       o Metal sputtering
                                                                                    o Reactive sputtering
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      Pinnacle(TM)     Pulsed power control   6kW                   PVD
                      Plus             and
                                       conversion system                            o Metal sputtering
                                                                                    o Reactive sputtering
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      Sparc-le(R)      Arc management         1kW-60kW              For use with MDX
                                       accessory                                    systems - permits
                                                                                    precise control of
                                                                                    reactive sputtering of
                                                                                    insulating films
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      E-Chuck          Electrostatic chuck    <100W                 General wafer handling
                                       power system                                 in semiconductor PVD,
                                                                                    CVD, and etch
                                                                                    applications
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Astral(TM)       Pulsed DC power        20kW, 120kW, 200kW    PVD
     HIGH-POWER                        system                                       o Reactive sputtering
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      Crystal(TM)      Mid-frequency power    180kW                 PVD
      PRODUCTS                         control and                                  CVD
                                       conversion system                            Reactive sputtering
                                                                                    Dual magnetron
                                                                                    sputtering
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      PE and PE-II     Low frequency          1.25kW-30kW           CVD
    LOW AND MID-                       power control and                            PVD
                                       conversion system                            o Reactive sputtering
     FREQUENCY                                                                      Surface modification
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      PD               Mid-frequency          1.25kW-8kW            CVD
      PRODUCTS                         power control and                            PVD
                                       conversion system                            o Reactive sputtering
                                                                                    Surface modification
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      LF               Low frequency          500W-1kW              Etch
                                       power control and                            PVD
                                       conversion system
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      HFV              Power control and      3kW-8kW               PVD
                                       conversion system                            Etch
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
       RADIO          RFX              Power control and      600W                  General R&D
                                       conversion system
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
     FREQUENCY        RFG              Power control and      600W-5.5kW            Etch
                                       conversion system                            CVD
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
      PRODUCTS        RFXII            Power control and      600W-5.5kW            Etch
                                       conversion system                            CVD
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      APEX(TM)         Power control and      1kW-10kW              Etch
                                       conversion system                            CVD
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      AZX, VZX,        Tuner                  100W-5kW              Impedance matching
                      SwitchMatch(TM)                                                 network
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      RF               Power control and      500W-3kW              Etch
                                       conversion system                            CVD
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      Hercules(TM)     Power control and      10kW-30kW             PVD
                                       conversion system
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      Atlas(TM)        Power control and      1.5kW-5kW             Etch
                                       conversion system
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      Mercury(TM)      Tuner                  500W-10kW             Impedance matching
                                                                                    network
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      FTMS(TM)         Tuner                  2kW-5kW               Impedance matching
                                                                                    network
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      12cm             Round ion beam source  1.5kW-2.0kW           Magnetic media
  ION BEAM SOURCES    multi-cell ion                                                DLC deposition
                      beam source                                                   Optical ion assist
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
      PRODUCTS        Linear ion       38cm, 65cm, 94cm       1.0kW-3.0kW           Architectural glass
                      beam sources                                                  Flat panel displays -
                                                                                    pre-cleaning
                                                                                    Ion assist deposition
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      Inductively      3kW linear ICP         3kW                   Enhanced reactive
                      coupled plasma                                                deposition
                      source (ICP -                                                 Low energy CVD
                      3)                                                            Low energy cleaning
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Gen-Cal(TM)      RF power measurement   50W-3kW               Generator diagnostic
                                                                                    tool
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
       OTHER          RF-EP            RF probe               50W-5kW               End-point detection
                                                                                    system
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      Z-Scan(TM)       RF probe               50W-5kW               Impedance measurement
                                                                                    tool
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
      PRODUCTS        RF-MS            RF metrology system    5W-5kW                Plasma diagnostic tool
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      ID               Ion-beam conversion    500W-5kW              Ion-beam deposition
                                       and control system                           Ion implantation
                                                                                    Ion-beam
                                                                                    etching/milling
                      ---------------- ---------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
                      E'Wave(TM)       Bipolar                400W-8kW              Electroplating copper
                                       electroplating                               onto a
                                                                                    wafer
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                       7
<PAGE>   8

DIRECT CURRENT PRODUCTS

    THE MDX SERIES. We introduced our MDX series of products in 1983. These
products are most commonly used as DC power supplies for PVD sputtering where
precise control, superior arc prevention and suppression and low stored energy
characteristics are required. They are also used as bias supplies for RF
sputtering, tool coating and some etching systems. The MDX series consists of
six different product lines that provide a range of power levels from 500W to
120kW. Our second generation product, the MDX II, was introduced in 1991 to
support higher power levels, to provide wider output range, and to meet strict
European regulatory requirements. A model in the MDX series, the MDX-L, was
designed for especially high reliability and was introduced in 1992.

    THE PINNACLE(TM) PLATFORM. The Pinnacle platform, introduced in 1995, is the
most recent platform in the DC product line. We developed the Pinnacle primarily
for use in DC PVD sputtering processes, and it provides substantial improvements
in arc prevention, arc suppression capability, reduced size, higher precision
and expanded control capability. The low stored energy of Pinnacle, a basic
feature of our DC power conversion equipment, is the lowest ever achieved in a
switchmode power supply, and is due to the patented basic circuit topology.

    THE PINNACLE(TM) PLUS PLATFORM. This platform, introduced in 1999, is a
pulsed DC power system designed principally for use in reactive sputtering to
produce insulating films. It is capable of producing 6kW of power in short
pulses at frequencies up to 350kHz, for virtual elimination of arcing in
difficult processes.

    SPARC-LE(R) ACCESSORIES. Our Sparc-le line of DC accessories, introduced in
1993, is designed both to reduce the number of arcs that occur in plasma-based
processes and to reduce the energy delivered if arcs do occur. The Sparc-le
accessories are especially effective in applications involving the deposition of
insulating materials where the reaction between the plasma and target is likely
to produce more severe arc conditions. The Sparc-le accessories are most
commonly used with the MDX product lines.

    ELECTROSTATIC CHUCK POWER SYSTEMS. We designed this system of power
conversion units for a specific customer for use in wafer handling systems for
the semiconductor fabrication market. The electrostatic chuck is a device that
uses electric fields to hold or "chuck" a wafer in a vacuum environment without
mechanical holding force. This permits more gentle handling of the wafer and
simultaneous heating or cooling of the wafer during processing. When our power
system applies voltage to the wafer, electric fields are created which hold the
wafer in position. Exact control and careful ramping of the voltage permits the
wafer to be picked and placed with precision. The system permits multiple power
units to be held in a single chassis for ease of integration into the customer's
system.



                                       8
<PAGE>   9

   HIGH-POWER PRODUCTS

    These products are designed for use in heavy industrial processes such as
architectural glass and other large area coating applications.

    ASTRAL(TM) PRODUCTS. The Astral products, made in 20kW, 120kW and 200kW
versions, offer a new technology, called "current pulsed dual magnetron
sputtering." These units are used for development of coatings for CRT and flat
panel displays, automotive applications and new types of glass coatings.

    CRYSTAL(TM). The Crystal 180kW power conversion unit was developed for use
in industrial PVD applications such as architectural glass coating, but is also
useful in PECVD (Plasma Enhanced Chemical Vapor Deposition). The latter may be
used for deposition of oxygen- and water-vapor-barrier coatings on films used in
food packaging. In PVD the unit is typically used as a powering source for a
pair of magnetron sputtering sources in the "dual" configuration in a reactive
sputtering system.

   LOW AND MID-FREQUENCY PRODUCTS

    THE PE AND PD SERIES. We introduced the PE low frequency power systems in
1982. The PE series systems are air cooled and primarily intended for use in
certain PVD, CVD and industrial surface modification applications, including
dual cathode sputtering and printed circuit board de-smearing. The PE series
systems range in frequency from 25kHz to 100kHz. The PE-II systems are water
cooled and produce 10kW at 40kHz. The PD series of mid-frequency power
conversion and control systems, introduced in 1990, represented significant
technological advancements by applying switchmode techniques to higher
frequencies. The water-cooled PD systems are used primarily in semiconductor
etch and CVD applications. The PD series range in frequency from 275kHz to
400kHz. Both the PE and PD series systems have cost-effective single-stage power
generation, and include systems with pulsed power technology.

    LF GENERATORS. The LF low-frequency generators were introduced to us as a
result of the acquisition of RF Power Products. The LF-5 is a 500W unit and the
LF-10 is a 1kW unit. Both of these units are variable-frequency,
microprocessor-controlled systems. With a frequency range extending from 50kHz
to 460kHz, these generators are a good complement to the PD and PE series.

   RADIO FREQUENCY PRODUCTS

    HFV POWER GENERATOR. The HFV power generator produces 3, 5, or 8kW of power
at a variable frequency of about 2MHz for powering inductively coupled plasma
(ICP) systems. It is water cooled and ultra compact, providing up to 8kW of
power in a 5-1/4 inch rack mount enclosure 20-1/4 inches deep, thereby
representing the highest power density in the industry at these frequencies.



                                       9
<PAGE>   10

    THE RF SERIES. The RFX system is a 13.56MHz, 600W, air-cooled platform
introduced in 1985. This low-power system is used primarily in research and
development applications. The RFG and RFXII, introduced in the early 1990s, are
water-cooled power conversion and control systems utilizing a hybrid switchmode
technology. The RFG and RFXII systems operate at frequencies ranging from 4MHz
to 13.56MHz. These systems were the first fully switchmode RF designs. These RF
systems are most commonly used in semiconductor processes, including RF
sputtering, plasma etching/deposition and reactive ion etching applications.

    During 1998 we developed the APEX series of power control and conversion
systems, which have the highest power density ever produced at radio
frequencies. One APEX unit produces 10kW at 13.56MHz in a 5-1/4 inch rack mount
enclosure. Another APEX unit produces 5.5kW in a 5x7.5x15 inch enclosure, and
still another produces 3kW in the same enclosure but includes a switchable
matching network and a voltage-current (V-I) probe measurement system integrated
in the package. The APEX line also includes power conversion systems that
produce 1, 2, 4 and 8kW at 27.12MHz.

    The RF-5, RF-10, RF-20, and RF-30 units generate power between 500W and 3kW.
These units are available at 13.56 and 27.12MHz. These units are being replaced
in new applications with either the Atlas or APEX power systems.

    THE ATLAS(TM) SERIES. We introduced the Atlas power systems in 1998. These
systems currently range in power from 1.5kW to 5kW at nominal frequencies of
13.56 and 27.12MHz. These units complement our new APEX series. For a number of
applications, the ability to sweep the frequency about the nominal center
frequency provides significant advantages to the customer. Now the customer can
choose to have either the compact package of the fixed-frequency APEX or, where
required, the frequency agility of the Atlas systems.

    THE HERCULES(TM) SERIES. We introduced the new Hercules series in 1998.
These power generation systems range in power from 10kW to 30kW at 13.56 and
27.12MHz. These units employ a solid state front end with tube technology for
the high-power output stage.

    THE AZX SERIES. The AZX series tuners are RF matching networks designed as
accessories to match the complex electrical characteristics of a plasma to the
requirements of our RF series of power conversion and control systems. AZX
tuners, introduced in 1989, are also sold separately for incorporation into
other vendors' power conversion and control systems. The AZX tuners typically
operate at a 13.56MHz frequency range. The VZX series tuners, introduced in
1998, are digital automatic impedance matching networks which utilize a
predictive algorithm to provide tuning speeds up to three times faster than the
older AZX series. SwitchMatch(TM) networks, also introduced by us in 1998, are
selectable fixed matching units, which we offer both as part of APEX systems and
as standalone products.



                                       10
<PAGE>   11

    THE MATCHING NETWORK SERIES. The mechanical matching networks are available
in power handling capabilities up to 30kW. These matching networks are extremely
compact, utilizing two ceramic envelope vacuum variable capacitors. The modular
construction of the matching networks allows rapid customization without the
delays usually encountered in custom design. Since most applications require
custom refinements for optimum performance, this feature has benefited us
greatly in achieving numerous design wins. In 1998, we introduced the FTMS
(Frequency Transformation Matching System), which is a solid state matching
network with no moving parts. We use this system in conjunction with our Atlas
generators. The FTMS is available in power levels up to 5kW.

   ION BEAM SOURCES

   PLASMA SOURCES. We introduced our ion sources and inductively coupled plasma
(ICP) sources products in 1998. Several versions of the ion sources product
include a 12cm round source for the magnetic media and optical markets as well
as linear sources up to one meter long for applications in the flat panel
display and architectural glass markets. The ICP product rounds out the family
of products, allowing us access to reactive deposition and cleaning applications
where low energy is critical to prevent substrate damage. Both products feature
high reliability, low maintenance designs, and are well suited for the demanding
environments in today's production facilities.

   OTHER PRODUCTS

    THE RF-EP END-POINT DETECTION SYSTEM. The RF-EP reduces length of time to
end-point on CVD and etch chambers in comparison to optical detection. This
system uses one of three signals (voltage, current or phase) to precisely and
accurately detect end-point. The RF-EP also greatly reduces the level of
greenhouse emissions by consuming less process gas.

    THE Z-SCAN(TM) VOLTAGE-CURRENT (V-I) PROBE. This unit, first delivered in
1998, replaces the RFZ impedance probe introduced in 1993. Z-Scan measures the
RF properties of a plasma process and provides condensed information through its
Z-Ware software. The sensing technology incorporated in Z-Scan probe allows
accurate, real-time measurement of power, voltage, current and impedance levels
at both fundamental and harmonic frequencies, under actual powered process
conditions. Such measurements not only help our customers design their process
systems, but are also used as sensitive detectors of process conditions,
including etch endpoint.

    THE RF-MS DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM. The RF-MS simultaneously performs endpoint and
excursion detection for multiple CVD chambers. Additionally, the system's
software monitors the long-term transients in the process tool performance such
as wet clean and transition in the film stress. The RF-MS has demonstrated
significant cost savings through improved wafer yields, reduced particle
contamination and higher throughput.



                                       11
<PAGE>   12

    THE ID SERIES. The ID power conversion and control systems, introduced in
1981, were the first products we designed. These systems were specifically
designed to power broad-beam ion sources. ID series systems are composed of a
coordinated set of multiple special purpose power supplies that are used for
ion-beam deposition and sputtering, implantation, etching and milling.

    THE E'WAVE(TM). The E'Wave is designed for the semiconductor industry for
electroplating copper onto a wafer. The power supply can produce up to four
channels of multi-step, bipolar, square waveforms. Each channel can produce 400W
continuous and up to 2kW peak, for a total supply output of 1.6kW continuous and
8kW peak.

MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS

   MARKETS

    Most of our sales historically have been to customers in the semiconductor
capital equipment industry. Sales to customers in this industry represented 49%
of our sales 1998 and 61% in 1999. Our power conversion and control systems are
also used in the flat panel display, data storage and other industrial markets.
Following is a discussion of the major markets for our systems:

    SEMICONDUCTOR CAPITAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING MARKET. We sell our products
primarily to semiconductor capital equipment manufacturers for incorporation
into equipment used to make integrated circuits. Our products are currently used
in a variety of applications including deposition, etch, ion implantation,
photo-resist strip and megasonic cleaning. The precise control over plasma-based
processes that use our power conversion and control systems enables the
production of integrated circuits with reduced feature sizes and increased speed
and performance. We anticipate that the semiconductor capital equipment industry
will continue to be a substantial part of our business for the foreseeable
future.

    DATA STORAGE MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT MARKETS. We also sell systems to data
storage equipment manufacturers and to data storage device manufacturers for use
in producing a variety of products, including CDs, computer hard disks,
including both media and thin film heads, CD-ROMs and DVDs. These products use a
PVD process to produce optical and magnetic thin film layers, as well as a
protective wear layer. In this market the trend towards higher recording
densities is driving the demand for increasingly dense, thinner and more precise
films. The use of equipment incorporating magnetic media to store analog and
digital data continues to expand with the growth of the laptop, desktop and
workstation computer markets and the consumer electronics audio and video
markets.

    FLAT PANEL DISPLAY MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT MARKET. We also sell our systems
to manufacturers of flat panel displays and flat panel projection devices, which
have



                                       12
<PAGE>   13

fabrication processes similar to those employed in manufacturing integrated
circuits. Flat panel technology produces bright, sharp, large, color-rich images
on flat screens for products ranging from hand-held computer games to laptop and
desktop computer monitors to large-screen televisions. There are three major
types of flat panel displays, including liquid crystal displays, field emitter
displays and gas plasma displays. There are two types of flat panel projection
devices, including liquid crystal projection and digital micro-mirror displays.
We sell our products to all five of these markets.

    EMERGING MARKETS. We also sell our products to OEMs and producers of end
products in a variety of industrial markets. Thin film optical coatings are used
in the manufacture of many industrial products including solar panels,
architectural glass, eyeglasses, lenses, barcode readers and front surface
mirrors. Thin films of diamond-like coatings and other materials are currently
applied to products in plasma-based processes to strengthen and harden surfaces
on such diverse products as tools, razor blades, automotive parts and hip joint
replacements. Other thin film processes that use our products also enable a
variety of industrial packaging applications, such as decorative wrapping and
food packaging. The advanced thin film production processes allow precise
control of various optical and physical properties, including color,
transparency and electrical and thermal conductivity. The improved adhesion and
high film quality resulting from plasma-based processing make it the preferred
method of applying the thin films. Many of these thin film industrial
applications require power levels substantially greater than those used in our
other markets.

    We sell low-wattage power supplies to OEMs in the telecommunications,
non-impact printing and laser markets through Tower. For example, Tower provides
products to the largest manufacturer of non-impact printers used for printing
date codes and lot information on beverage cans.

   APPLICATIONS

    We have sold our products for use in connection with the following processes
and applications:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        SEMICONDUCTOR                DATA STORAGE          FLAT PANEL DISPLAY                EMERGING
        -------------                ------------          ------------------                --------
<S>                            <C>                        <C>                   <C>
Chemical vapor deposition      CD-ROMs                    Active matrix LCDs    Automobile coatings
  (CVD)(metal and              CDs                        Digital micro-mirror  Chemical, physical and materials
  dielectric)                                                                     research
Etch                           DVDs                       Field emission        Circuit board etch-back and
                                                            displays              de-smear
High density plasma CVD        Hard disk carbon wear      Large flat panel      Consumer product coatings
                                 coatings                   displays
Ion implantation               Hard disk magnetic media   LCD projection        Diamond-like coatings
Magnet field controls          Magneto-optic CDs          Liquid crystal        Food package coatings
                                                            displays
Megasonic cleaning             Recordable CDs             Medical applications  Glass coatings
Photo-resist stripping         Thin film heads            Plasma displays       Non-impact printing
Physical vapor deposition                                                       Optical coatings
  (PVD)
Plasma-enhanced CVD                                                             Photovoltaics
                                                                                Superconductors
                                                                                Telecommunications
</TABLE>



                                       13
<PAGE>   14

     CUSTOMERS

    We have sold our systems worldwide to more than 100 OEMs and directly to
more than 500 end-users. Since inception we have sold more than 175,000 power
conversion and control systems. Our ten largest customers accounted for 67% of
our total sales in 1997, 62% in 1998 and 68% in 1999. We expect that sales of
our products to these ten customers will continue to account for a high
percentage of our sales in the foreseeable future. Representative customers
include:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>
      Alcatel Comptech                                Mattson Technologies
      Applied Materials                               Motorola
      Balzers                                         Novellus
      CVC Products                                    Optical Coating Laboratory
      Eaton                                           PlasmaTherm
      First Light Technology                          Singulus
      Fujitsu                                         Sony
      Hewlett-Packard                                 Sputtered Films
      IBM                                             Texas Instruments
      Intevac                                         3Com
      Komag                                           ULVAC
      Lam Research                                    Verteq
      Materials Research Division of Tokyo            Videojet International
        Electron, Ltd.
</TABLE>

MARKETING, SALES AND SERVICE

    We sell our systems primarily through direct sales personnel to customers in
the United States, Europe and Asia. Our sales personnel are located at our
headquarters in Fort Collins, Colorado, and in regional sales offices in
Voorhees, New Jersey; Austin, Texas; Milpitas, California; and Concord,
Massachusetts. To serve customers in Asia and Europe, we have offices in Tokyo,
Japan; Filderstadt, Germany; Bicester, England; Bundang, South Korea; and
Taipei, Taiwan. These offices have primary responsibility for sales in their
respective markets. We also have distributors and representatives in Australia,
China, Hong Kong, India, Israel, Italy, Mexico, Singapore, Sweden and Turkey.
Tower, which is located in Fridley, Minnesota, sells through direct sales
personnel and manufacturers' representatives.

    Sales outside the United States represented approximately 23% of our total
sales during 1997, 28% in 1998 and 29% in 1999. We expect sales outside the
United States to continue to represent a significant portion of future sales.
Although we have not experienced any significant difficulties involving
international sales, such sales are subject to certain risks, including exposure
to currency fluctuations, the imposition of governmental controls, political and
economic instability, trade restrictions, changes in tariffs and taxes and
longer payment cycles typically associated with international sales. Our future
performance will depend, in part, upon our ability to compete successfully in
Japan, one of the largest markets for semiconductor fabrication equipment and
flat panel display equipment, and a major market for data storage and other
industrial equipment utilizing our systems. The Japanese market has historically
been difficult for non-



                                       14
<PAGE>   15

Japanese companies to penetrate. Although we and a number of our significant
non-Japanese customers have established operations in Japan, there can be no
assurance that we or our customers will be able to maintain or improve our
competitive positions in Japan.

    We believe that customer service and technical support are important
competitive factors and are essential to building and maintaining close,
long-term relationships with our customers. We maintain customer service offices
in Fort Collins, Colorado; Austin, Texas; Voorhees, New Jersey; Milpitas,
California; Tokyo, Japan; Filderstadt, Germany; Bundang, South Korea; and
Taipei, Taiwan. Tower maintains a customer service office in Fridley, Minnesota.

    We offer warranty coverage for our systems for periods ranging from 12 to 24
months after shipment against defects in design, materials and workmanship.

MANUFACTURING

    We conduct the majority of our manufacturing at facilities in Fort Collins,
Colorado, and Voorhees, New Jersey. We also conduct manufacturing for one
customer in Austin, Texas. Tower conducts manufacturing at its facility in
Fridley, Minnesota. We generally manufacture different systems at each facility.
Our manufacturing activities consist of the assembly and testing of components
and subassemblies, which are then integrated into our final products. Once final
testing of all electrical and electro-mechanical subassemblies is completed, the
final product is subjected to a series of reliability enhancing operations prior
to shipment to customers. We purchase a wide range of electronic, mechanical and
electrical components, some of which are designed to our specifications. We
outsource some of our subassembly work.

    We rely on sole and limited source suppliers for certain parts and
subassemblies. This reliance creates a potential inability to obtain an adequate
supply of required components, and reduced control over pricing and timing of
delivery of components. An inability to obtain adequate supplies would require
us to seek alternative sources of supply or might require us to redesign our
systems to accommodate different components or subassemblies. We could be
prevented from the timely shipping of our systems to our customers if we were
forced to seek alternative sources of supply, manufacture such components or
subassemblies internally, or redesign our systems.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

    We have a policy of seeking patents on inventions governing new products or
technologies as part of our ongoing research, development, and manufacturing
activities. We currently hold twenty-five United States patents and four foreign
patents covering various aspects of our products, and have over forty patent
applications pending in the



                                       15
<PAGE>   16

United States, Europe and Japan. We believe the duration of our patents
generally exceeds the life cycles of the technologies disclosed and claimed
therein. No assurance can be given that our patents will be sufficiently broad
to protect our technology, or that any existing or future patents will not be
challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that the rights granted thereunder
will provide meaningful competitive advantages to us. Any of such events could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.

    Although we have not been notified that any of our products have infringed
any patents or proprietary rights of others, there can be no assurance that such
infringements do not exist or will not occur in the future. Litigation may be
necessary in the future to enforce patents issued to us, to protect trade
secrets or know-how owned by us, to defend us against claimed infringement of
the rights of others or to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary
rights of others. Any such litigation could result in substantial cost and
diversion of effort by us, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, adverse
determinations in such litigation could result in our loss of proprietary
rights, subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require us to
seek licenses from third parties, or prevent us from manufacturing or selling
our products. Such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

COMPETITION

    The markets we serve are highly competitive and characterized by ongoing
technological development and changing customer requirements. Significant
competitive factors in our markets include product performance, price, quality
and reliability and level of customer service and support. We believe that we
currently compete effectively with respect to these factors, although there can
be no assurance that we will be able to compete effectively in the future.

    The markets in which we compete have seen an increase in global competition,
especially from Japanese- and European-based equipment vendors. We have several
foreign and domestic competitors for each of our product lines. Some of these
competitors are larger and have greater resources than we have. Our ability to
continue to compete successfully in these markets depends on our ability to make
timely introductions of system enhancements and new products. Our primary
competitors are ENI, a subsidiary of Astec (BSR) plc, Applied Science and
Technology (ASTeX), Huettinger, Shindingen, Kyosan, Comdel and Daihen. Our
competitors are expected to continue to improve the design and performance of
their systems and to introduce new systems with competitive performance
characteristics. We believe we will be required to maintain a high level of
investment in research and development and sales and marketing in order to
remain competitive.



                                       16
<PAGE>   17

OPERATING SEGMENT

    We operate and manage our business of supplying power conversion and control
systems as one segment.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

    The market for power conversion and control systems and related accessories
is characterized by ongoing technological changes. We believe that continued and
timely development of new products and enhancements to existing systems to
support OEM requirements is necessary for us to maintain a competitive position
in the markets we serve. Accordingly, we devote a significant portion of our
personnel and financial resources to research and development projects and seek
to maintain close relationships with our customers and other industry leaders to
remain responsive to their product requirements.

    Research and development expenses were $19.3 million in 1997, $23.8 million
in 1998 and $26.5 million in 1999. Such expenses represented 11.0% of our total
sales in 1997, 19.1% in 1998 and 14.4% in 1999. We believe that continued
research and development investment and ongoing development of new products are
essential to the expansion of our markets, and expect to continue to make
significant investments in research and development activities.

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

    At December 31, 1999, we had a total of 1,090 employees, of whom 922 are
full-time continuous employees. There is no union representation of our
employees, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We utilize temporary
employees as a means to provide additional staff while reviewing the performance
of the temporary employee. We consider our employee relations to be good.

EFFECTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS

    We are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and
regulations. We are in compliance with all such laws and regulations.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS - RISK FACTORS

    This Form 10-K contains, in addition to historical information,
forward-looking statements, within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. For example,



                                       17
<PAGE>   18

statements relating to our beliefs, expectations and plans are forward-looking
statements, as are statements that certain actions, conditions or circumstances
will continue. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. As a
result, our actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in
the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences or prove any forward-looking statements, by hindsight, to be overly
optimistic or unachievable, include, but are not limited to the risks described
in this section. We do not have any obligation to update publicly any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events or otherwise.

OUR QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS ARE SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT FLUCTUATIONS, WHICH
COULD NEGATIVELY IMPACT OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND STOCK
PRICE.

    Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly and we expect
them to continue to experience significant fluctuations. Downward fluctuations
in our quarterly results have historically resulted in decreases in the price of
our common stock. Quarterly operating results are affected by a variety of
factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

        o       changes or slowdowns in economic conditions in the semiconductor
                and semiconductor capital equipment industries and other
                industries in which our customers operate;

        o       the timing and nature of orders placed by major customers;

        o       customer cancellations of previously placed orders and shipment
                delays;

        o       pricing competition from our competitors;

        o       component shortages resulting in manufacturing delays;

        o       changes in customers' inventory management practices;

        o       the introduction of new products by us or our competitors; and

        o       costs incurred by responding to specific feature requests by
                customers.

    In addition, companies in the semiconductor capital equipment industry and
other electronics companies experience pressure to reduce costs. Our customers
exert pressure on us to reduce prices, shorten delivery times and extend payment
terms. These pressures could lead to significant changes in our operating
results from quarter to quarter.

    In the past, we have incurred charges and costs related to events such as
acquisitions, restructuring and storm damages. The occurrence of similar events
in the future could adversely affect our operating results in the applicable
quarter.



                                       18
<PAGE>   19

    Our operating results in one or more future quarters may fall below the
expectations of analysts and investors. In those circumstances, the trading
price of our common stock would likely decrease and, as a result, any trading
price of the convertible notes may decrease.

THE SEMICONDUCTOR AND SEMICONDUCTOR CAPITAL EQUIPMENT INDUSTRIES ARE HIGHLY
VOLATILE AND OUR OPERATING RESULTS ARE AFFECTED TO A LARGE EXTENT BY EVENTS IN
THOSE INDUSTRIES.

    The semiconductor industry historically has been highly volatile and has
experienced periods of oversupply resulting in significantly reduced demand for
semiconductor fabrication equipment, which includes our systems. During
downturns, some of our customers have drastically reduced their orders to us and
have implemented substantial cost reduction programs. Sales to customers in the
semiconductor capital equipment industry accounted for 59% of our total sales in
1997, 49% in 1998 and 61% in 1999. We expect that we will continue to depend
significantly on the semiconductor and semiconductor capital equipment
industries for the foreseeable future.

    A rapid decrease in demand for our products can occur with limited advance
notice because we supply subsystems to equipment manufacturers and make a
substantial proportion of our shipments on a just-in-time basis. This decrease
in demand can adversely impact our business and financial results
disproportionately because of its unanticipated nature.

A SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF OUR SALES ARE CONCENTRATED AMONG A FEW CUSTOMERS.

    Our four largest customers accounted for 51% of our total sales in 1997, 47%
in 1998 and 53% in 1999. Our largest customer accounted for 31% of our total
sales in 1997, 23% in 1998 and 32% in 1999. The loss of any of these customers
or a material reduction in any of their purchase orders would have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

THE MARKETS IN WHICH WE OPERATE ARE HIGHLY COMPETITIVE.

    We face substantial competition, primarily from established companies, some
of which have greater financial, marketing and technical resources than we do.
Our primary competitors are ENI, a subsidiary of Astec (BSR) plc, Applied
Science and Technology (ASTeX), Huettinger, Shindingen, Kyosan, Comdel and
Daihen. We expect that our competitors will continue to develop new products in
direct competition with ours, improve the design and performance of their
systems and introduce new systems with enhanced performance characteristics.

    To remain competitive, we need to continue to improve and expand our systems
and system offerings. In addition, we need to maintain a high level of
investment in research and development and expand our sales and marketing
efforts, particularly outside of the



                                       19
<PAGE>   20

United States. We may not be able to make the technological advances and
investments necessary to remain competitive.

    New products developed by competitors or more efficient production of their
products could increase pressure on the pricing of our systems. In addition,
electronics companies, including companies in the semiconductor capital
equipment industry, have been facing pressure to reduce costs. Either of these
factors may require us to make significant price reductions to avoid losing
orders. Further, our current and prospective customers consistently exert
pressure on us to lower prices, shorten delivery times and improve the
capability of our systems. Failure to respond adequately to such pressures could
result in a loss of customers or orders.

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO INTEGRATE OUR ACQUISITIONS.

    We have experienced significant growth through acquisitions and continue to
actively pursue acquisition opportunities. Our acquisitions to date generally
have been in markets in which we have limited experience. We may not be able to
compete successfully in these markets or might not be able to operate the
acquired businesses efficiently. Our business and results of operations could be
adversely affected if integrating these acquisitions results in substantial
costs, delays or other operational or financial problems.

    Future acquisitions could place additional strain on our operations and
management. Our ability to manage future acquisitions will depend on our success
in:

        o       evaluating new markets and investments;

        o       monitoring operations;

        o       controlling costs;

        o       integrating acquired operations and personnel;

        o       maintaining effective quality controls; and

        o       expanding our internal management, technical and accounting
                systems.

    Also, in connection with future acquisitions we may issue equity securities,
which could be dilutive, incur debt, recognize substantial one-time expenses or
create goodwill or other intangible assets that could result in significant
amortization expense.

WE ARE GROWING AND MAY BE UNABLE TO MANAGE OUR GROWTH EFFECTIVELY.

    We have been experiencing a period of growth and expansion. This growth and
expansion is placing significant demands on our management and our operating
systems. We need to continue to improve and expand our management, operations
and financial systems, procedures and controls, including accounting and other
internal management



                                       20
<PAGE>   21

systems, quality control, delivery and service capabilities.

    In order to manage our growth, we may also need to spend significant amounts
of cash to:

        o       fund increases in expenses;

        o       acquire additional facilities and equipment;

        o       take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, such as major
                strategic alliances or other special marketing opportunities,
                acquisitions of complementary businesses or assets, or the
                development of new products; or

        o       otherwise respond to unanticipated developments or competitive
                pressures.

    If we do not have enough cash on hand, cash generated from our operations or
cash available under our credit facility to meet these cash requirements, we
will need to seek alternative sources of financing to carry out our growth and
operating strategies. We may not be able to raise needed cash on terms
acceptable to us, or at all. Financings may be on terms that are dilutive or
potentially dilutive. If alternative sources of financing are required but are
insufficient or unavailable, we will be required to modify our growth and
operating plans to the extent of available funding.

SHORTAGES OF COMPONENTS NECESSARY FOR OUR PRODUCT ASSEMBLY CAN DELAY OUR
SHIPMENTS.

    Manufacturing our power conversion and control systems requires numerous
electronic components. Dramatic growth in the electronics industry has
significantly increased demand for these components. This demand has resulted in
periodic shortages and allocations of needed components, and we expect to
experience additional shortages and allocations from time to time. Shortages and
allocations could cause shipping delays for our systems, adversely affecting our
results of operations. Shipping delays also could damage our relationships with
current and prospective customers.

OUR DEPENDENCE ON SOLE AND LIMITED SOURCE SUPPLIERS COULD AFFECT OUR ABILITY TO
MANUFACTURE PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS.

    We rely on sole and limited source suppliers for some of our components and
subassemblies that are critical to the manufacturing of our systems. This
reliance involves several risks, including the following:

        o       the potential inability to obtain an adequate supply of required
                components;



                                       21
<PAGE>   22

        o       reduced control over pricing and timing of delivery of
                components; and

        o       the potential inability of our suppliers to develop
                technologically advanced products to support our growth and
                development of new systems.

    We believe that in time we could obtain and qualify alternative sources for
most sole and limited source parts or could manufacture the parts ourselves.
Seeking alternative sources or commencing internal manufacture of the parts
could require us to redesign our systems, resulting in increased costs and
likely shipping delays. We may be unable to manufacture the parts internally or
redesign our systems, which could result in further costs and shipping delays.
These increased costs would decrease our profit margins if we could not pass the
costs to our customers. Further, shipping delays could damage our relationships
with current and potential customers and have a material adverse effect on our
business and results of operations.

WE ARE HIGHLY DEPENDENT ON OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY BUT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO
PROTECT IT ADEQUATELY.

    Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology. We attempt to
protect our intellectual property rights through patents and non-disclosure
agreements. However, we might not be able to protect our technology, and
competitors might be able to develop similar technology independently. In
addition, the laws of certain foreign countries might not afford our
intellectual property the same protection as do the laws of the United States.
For example, our intellectual property is not protected by patents in several
countries in which we do business, and we have limited patent protection in
certain other countries. The costs of applying for patents in foreign countries
and translating the applications into foreign languages require us to select
carefully the inventions for which we apply for patent protection and the
countries in which we seek such protection. Generally, we have concentrated our
efforts to obtain international patents in the United Kingdom, Germany, France,
Italy and Japan because there are other manufacturers and developers of power
conversion and control systems in those countries, as well as customers for
those systems. Our inability or failure to obtain adequate patent protection in
a particular country could have a material adverse effect on our ability to
compete effectively in that country.

    Our patents also might not be sufficiently broad to protect our technology,
and any existing or future patents might be challenged, invalidated or
circumvented. Additionally, our rights under our patents may not provide
meaningful competitive advantages.

    We do not believe that any of our products are infringing any patents or
proprietary rights of others, although infringements may exist or might occur in
the future. Litigation may be necessary to enforce patents issued to us, to
protect our trade secrets or know-how, to defend ourselves against claimed
infringement of the rights of others or to determine the scope and validity of
the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could result in substantial cost
and diversion of our efforts. Moreover, an adverse determination in



                                       22
<PAGE>   23

any litigation could cause us to lose proprietary rights, subject us to
significant liabilities to third parties, require us to seek licenses or
alternative technologies from third parties or prevent us from manufacturing or
selling our products. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

WE MUST CONSTANTLY DEVELOP AND SELL NEW SYSTEMS IN ORDER TO KEEP UP WITH RAPID
TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES.

    The markets for our systems and the markets in which our customers compete
are characterized by ongoing technological developments and changing customer
requirements. We must continue to improve existing systems and to develop new
systems that keep pace with technological advances and meet the needs of our
customers in order to succeed. We might not be able to continue to improve our
systems or develop new systems. The systems we do develop might not be
cost-effective or introduced in a timely manner. Developing and introducing new
systems may involve significant and uncertain costs. Our business, financial
condition and results of operations, as well as our customer relationships,
could be adversely affected if we fail to develop or introduce improved systems
and new systems in a timely manner.

WE MUST ACHIEVE DESIGN WINS TO RETAIN OUR EXISTING CUSTOMERS AND TO OBTAIN NEW
CUSTOMERS.

    The constantly changing nature of semiconductor fabrication technology
causes equipment manufacturers to continually design new systems. We often must
work with these manufacturers early in their design cycles to modify our
equipment to meet the requirements of the new systems. Manufacturers typically
choose one or two vendors to provide the power conversion equipment for use with
the early system shipments. Selection as one of these vendors is called a design
win. It is critical that we achieve these design wins in order to retain
existing customers and to obtain new customers.

    We typically must customize our systems for particular customers to use in
their equipment to achieve design wins. This customization increases our
research and development expenses and can strain our engineering and management
resources. These investments do not always result in design wins.

    Once a manufacturer chooses a power conversion and control system for use in
a particular product, it is likely to retain that system for the life of that
product. Our sales and growth could experience material and prolonged adverse
effects if we fail to achieve design wins. In addition, design wins do not
always result in substantial sales or profits.

    We believe that equipment manufacturers often select their suppliers based
on factors such as long-term relationships. Accordingly, we may have difficulty
achieving design wins from equipment manufacturers who are not currently
customers. In addition, we must compete for design wins for new systems and
products of our existing customers, including those with whom we have had
long-term relationships.



                                       23
<PAGE>   24

OUR EFFORTS TO BE RESPONSIVE TO CUSTOMERS MAY LEAD TO INCURRING COSTS THAT ARE
NOT READILY RECOVERABLE.

    We may incur manufacturing overhead and other costs, many of which are
fixed, to meet anticipated customer demand. Accordingly, operating results could
be adversely affected if orders or revenues in a particular period or for a
particular system do not meet expectations.

    We often require long lead times for development of our systems during which
times we must expend substantial funds and management effort. We may incur
significant development and other expenses as we develop our systems without
realizing corresponding revenue in the same period, or at all.

OUR SUCCESS DEPENDS UPON OUR ABILITY TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN KEY PERSONNEL.

    Our success depends upon the continued efforts of our senior management team
and our technical, marketing and sales personnel. These employees may
voluntarily terminate their employment with us at any time. Our success also
depends on our ability to attract and retain additional highly qualified
management, technical, marketing and sales personnel. The process of hiring
employees with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out
our strategy can be extremely competitive and time-consuming. We may not be able
to successfully retain existing personnel or identify, hire and integrate new
personnel. If we lose the services of key personnel for any reason, including
retirement, or are unable to attract additional qualified personnel, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and
adversely affected.

WE CONDUCT MANUFACTURING AT ONLY A FEW SITES.

    We conduct the majority of our manufacturing at our facilities in Fort
Collins, Colorado and in Voorhees, New Jersey. We also conduct manufacturing for
one customer in Austin, Texas. Our Tower Electronics subsidiary conducts
manufacturing only at its facility in Fridley, Minnesota. Each facility
generally manufactures different systems. In July 1997 a severe rainstorm in
Fort Collins caused substantial damage to our Fort Collins facilities and to
some equipment and inventory. The damage caused us to stop manufacturing at that
facility temporarily and prevented us from resuming full production there until
mid-September 1997. Our insurance policies did not cover all of the costs that
we incurred in connection with the rainstorm. Future natural or other
uncontrollable occurrences at any of our primary manufacturing facilities that
negatively impact our manufacturing processes may not be fully covered by
insurance and could have a material adverse effect on our operations and results
of operations.

WE HAVE LIMITED EXPERIENCE IN MAINTAINING MULTIPLE MANUFACTURING FACILITIES.

    The acquisitions of Tower Electronics in 1997 and RF Power Products in 1998



                                       24
<PAGE>   25

provided us with manufacturing facilities located outside of our facilities in
Fort Collins, Colorado. Accordingly, we have limited experience in maintaining
multiple manufacturing locations. Substantial costs and delays could result if
we fail to effectively manage and integrate our geographically separate
facilities.

WE MIGHT NOT BE ABLE TO COMPETE SUCCESSFULLY IN INTERNATIONAL MARKETS OR TO MEET
THE SERVICE AND SUPPORT NEEDS OF OUR INTERNATIONAL CUSTOMERS.

    Our customers increasingly require service and support on a worldwide basis
as the markets in which we compete become increasingly global. We maintain sales
and service offices in Germany, Japan, South Korea, the United Kingdom and
Taiwan.

    Sales to customers outside the United States accounted for 23% of our total
sales in 1997, 28% in 1998 and 29% in 1999, and we expect international sales to
continue to represent a significant portion of our future sales. International
sales are subject to various risks, including:

        o       currency fluctuations;

        o       governmental controls;

        o       political and economic instability;

        o       barriers to entry;

        o       trade restrictions;

        o       changes in tariffs and taxes; and

        o       longer payment cycles.

In particular, the Japanese market has historically been difficult for
non-Japanese companies, including us, to penetrate.

    Providing support services for our systems on a worldwide basis also is
subject to various risks, including:

        o       our ability to hire qualified support personnel;

        o       maintenance of our standard level of support; and

        o       differences in local customs and practices.

         Our international activities are also subject to the difficulties of
managing overseas distributors and representatives and managing foreign
subsidiary operations.



                                       25
<PAGE>   26

    We cannot assure you that we will be successful in addressing any of these
risks.

FLUCTUATIONS IN THE CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE BETWEEN THE U.S. DOLLAR AND FOREIGN
CURRENCIES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR OPERATING RESULTS.

    A portion of our sales is subject to currency exchange risks as a result of
our international operations. We have experienced fluctuations in foreign
currency exchange rates, particularly against the Japanese yen. We entered into
various forward foreign exchange contracts as a hedge against currency
fluctuations in the yen. We have not employed hedging techniques with respect to
any other currencies. Our current or any future hedging techniques might not
protect us adequately against substantial currency fluctuations.

WE MUST MAINTAIN MINIMUM LEVELS OF CUSTOMIZED INVENTORY TO SUPPORT CERTAIN
CUSTOMER DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS.

    We must keep a relatively large number and variety of customized systems in
our inventory to meet client delivery requirements because a substantial
proportion of our business involves the just-in-time shipment of systems. Our
inventory may become obsolete as we develop new systems and as our customers
develop new systems. Inventory obsolescence could have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition and results of operations.

WE ARE SUBJECT TO NUMEROUS GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS.

    We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign regulations, including
environmental regulations and regulations relating to the design and operation
of our power conversion and control systems. We must ensure that our systems
meet certain safety and emissions standards, many of which vary across the
states and countries in which our systems are used. For example, the European
Union has published directives specifically relating to power supplies. We must
comply with these directives in order to ship our systems into countries that
are members of the European Union. In the past, we have invested significant
resources to redesign our systems to comply with these directives. We believe we
are in compliance with current applicable regulations, directives and standards
and have obtained all necessary permits, approvals and authorizations to conduct
our business. However, compliance with future regulations, directives and
standards could require us to modify or redesign certain systems, make capital
expenditures or incur substantial costs. If we do not comply with current or
future regulations, directives and standards:

        o       we could be subject to fines;

        o       our production could be suspended; or



                                       26
<PAGE>   27

        o       we could be prohibited from offering particular systems in
                specified markets.

WE MAY INVEST IN START-UP COMPANIES AND COULD LOSE OUR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.

    We have a majority interest in a start-up company and may invest in other
start-up companies that develop products and technologies that we believe may
provide us with future benefits. These investments may not provide us with any
benefit, and we may not achieve any economic return on any of these investments.
Our investments in these start-up companies are subject to all of the risks
inherent in investing in companies that are not established. We could lose all
or any part of our investments in these companies.

WE LEASE OUR FORT COLLINS, COLORADO FACILITIES AND A CONDOMINIUM FROM ENTITIES
IN WHICH TWO INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE INSIDERS AND MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS HAVE FINANCIAL
INTERESTS.

    We lease our executive offices and manufacturing facilities in Fort Collins,
Colorado from Prospect Park East Partnership and from Sharp Point Properties,
LLC. Douglas S. Schatz, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, holds a 26.7%
interest in each of the leasing entities. G. Brent Backman, a member of our
board of directors, holds a 6.6% interest in each of the leasing entities.
Aggregate rental payments under such leases for 1999 totaled approximately $1.7
million. We also lease a condominium in Breckenridge, Colorado to provide
rewards and incentives to our customers, suppliers and employees. We lease the
condominium from AEI Properties, a partnership in which Mr. Schatz holds a 60%
interest and Mr. Backman holds a 40% interest. Aggregate rental payments under
the condominium lease for 1999 totaled approximately $36,000. As of December 31,
1999 Mr. Schatz owned approximately 38.43% of our common stock, and Mr. Backman
owned approximately 4.12% of our common stock.

THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR STOCK HAS BEEN AND WILL LIKELY CONTINUE TO BE HIGHLY
VOLATILE.

    The stock market generally and the market for technology stocks in
particular have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations, which
often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of
such companies. From our IPO in November 1995 through March 13, 2000, the
closing prices of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market have ranged
from $3.50 to $73.25. The market for our common stock likely will continue to be
subject to similar fluctuations. Many factors could cause the trading price of
our common stock to fluctuate substantially, including the following:

        o       future announcements concerning our business, our customers or
                our competitors;

        o       variations in our operating results;

        o       announcements of technological innovations;



                                       27
<PAGE>   28

        o       the introduction of new products or changes in product pricing
                policies by us, our competitors or our customers;

        o       changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or
                announcements of operating results that are not aligned with the
                expectations of analysts and investors;

        o       the economic and competitive conditions in the industries in
                which our customers operate; and

        o       general stock market trends.

OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OWN A MAJORITY OF OUR OUTSTANDING COMMON
STOCK, WHICH COULD ENABLE THEM TO CONTROL OUR BUSINESS AND AFFAIRS.

    Our executive officers and directors owned approximately 44.66% of our
common stock outstanding as of December 31, 1999. Douglas S. Schatz, our
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, owned approximately 38.43% of our common
stock outstanding as of December 31, 1999. These stockholdings give our
executive officers and directors collectively, and Mr. Schatz individually,
significant voting power. Depending on the number of shares that abstain or
otherwise are not voted, our executive officers collectively, and Mr. Schatz
individually, may be able to elect all of the members of our board of directors
and to control our business affairs for the foreseeable future.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS LIMIT THE ABILITY OF A PERSON OR ENTITY TO ACQUIRE
CONTROL OF US.

    Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions which:

        o       allow the board of directors to issue preferred stock with
                rights senior to those of the common stock without any vote or
                other action by the holders of the common stock;

        o       limit the right of our stockholders to call a special meeting of
                stockholders; and

        o       impose procedural and other requirements that could make it
                difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions.

    In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware
General Corporation Law. Any of these provisions could delay or prevent a person
or entity from acquiring control of us. The effect of these provisions may be to
limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for our
securities. These provisions might also discourage potential acquisition
proposals or could diminish the opportunities for our stockholders to
participate in a tender offer, even if the acquisition proposal or tender offer
is at a price above the then current market price for our common stock.



                                       28
<PAGE>   29

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

    Our executive officers and their ages as of February 29, 2000 are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NAME              AGE                  POSITION
                 ----             -----                 --------
<S>                                <C>    <C>
   Douglas S. Schatz               54     Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
   Hollis L. Caswell, Ph.D.        68     President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
   Richard P. Beck                 66     Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
                                               and Director
   Richard A. Scholl               61     Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
   James F. Gentilcore             47     President, Advanced Energy Voorhees, Inc.
</TABLE>

- ----------

    DOUGLAS S. SCHATZ is a co-founder and has been our Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of the Board since our incorporation in 1981. From our
incorporation to July 1997, Mr. Schatz also served as our President. Mr. Schatz
also co-founded Energy Research Associates, Inc., a designer of custom power
supplies, and served as its Vice President of Engineering from 1977 through
1980. Prior to co-founding Energy Research Associates, Mr. Schatz held various
engineering and management positions at Applied Materials.

    HOLLIS L. CASWELL, PH.D. joined our board of directors in February 1997 and
became our Chief Operating Officer in June 1997. He also became our President in
July 1999. From 1990 to 1994 Dr. Caswell was Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive officer of HYPRES, Inc., a manufacturer of superconducting
electronics. Prior to that time, Dr. Caswell served as Senior Vice President of
Unisys Corporation, an information technology company, and President of its
Computer Systems Group.

    RICHARD P. BECK joined us in March 1992 as Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer and became Senior Vice President in April 1998. He joined our
board of directors in September 1995. From 1987 to 1992 Mr. Beck served as
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cimage Corporation, a
computer software company. Mr. Beck is a director of Applied Films Corporation,
a publicly held manufacturer of flat panel display equipment.

    RICHARD A. SCHOLL joined us in 1988 as Vice President, Engineering. Mr.
Scholl became our Chief Technology Officer in September 1995. Prior to joining
us, Mr. Scholl was General Manager, Vacuum Products Division at Varian
Associates, Inc., a manufacturer of high-technology systems and components.

    JAMES F. GENTILCORE joined us in March 1996 as Vice President of Sales and
Marketing. He became Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing in April 1998
and President of Advanced Energy Voorhees, Inc. in October 1999. From 1990 to
1996 he served with MKS Instruments and held the position of Vice President,
Marketing.



                                       29
<PAGE>   30

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

    Our headquarters and main manufacturing facility are located in Fort
Collins, Colorado, in approximately 172,000 square feet of leased space.
Additional manufacturing and office facilities are located in Voorhees, New
Jersey, in approximately 78,000 square feet of leased space; Austin, Texas, in
approximately 20,000 square feet of leased space; and Fridley, Minnesota, in
approximately 21,000 square feet of leased space. To serve the needs of our
customers, we also maintain regional offices in Milpitas, California; Concord,
Massachusetts; Tokyo, Japan; Filderstadt, Germany; Bicester, England; Bundang,
South Korea; and Taipei, Taiwan.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    We are not aware of any material legal proceedings that are expected to have
a material effect on our business, assets or property.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

    Not applicable.



                                       30
<PAGE>   31

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET PRICE FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS

    Advanced Energy's common stock was approved for quotation on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol AEIS, beginning November 17, 1995. At February
29, 2000, the number of common stockholders of record was 906.

    Below is a table showing the range of high and low bid quotations for the
common stock as quoted (without retail markup or markdown and without
commissions) on the Nasdaq National Market; they do not necessarily represent
actual transactions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        High Bid            Low Bid
                                        --------            -------
<S>                                     <C>                  <C>
         1998 Fiscal Year
            First Quarter               18 13/16             10
            Second Quarter              16 7/16              11
            Third Quarter               13                    6
            Fourth Quarter              25 3/4                5 5/8

         1999 Fiscal Year
            First Quarter               30 1/2               17 7/8
            Second Quarter              40 3/4               23 1/2
            Third Quarter               45                   30
            Fourth Quarter              49 7/8               30 3/8
</TABLE>

    Advanced Energy has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its capital
stock since it terminated its election to be treated as an S corporation for tax
purposes, effective January 1, 1994. Advanced Energy currently intends to retain
all future earnings to finance its business. Accordingly, Advanced Energy does
not anticipate paying cash or other dividends on its common stock in the
foreseeable future. Furthermore, Advanced Energy's revolving credit facility
prohibits the declaration or payment of any cash dividends on its common stock.

    We issued 12,791 shares of common stock to Curtis Camus, an employee, as of
October 1, 1999. Mr. Camus was a founder of LITMAS, a privately held ion source
company in which we now hold a majority interest. The shares were issued to Mr.
Camus as partial consideration for his shares of LITMAS and were valued at
$385,000. We did not use any underwriters in connection with the sale of shares
to Mr. Camus. We did not register the sale with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, as we relied on the exemption from registration provided by Rule 506
under the Securities Act of 1933.



                                       31
<PAGE>   32

ITEM 6.  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    The following selected consolidated financial data is qualified by reference
to, and should be read with, our 1999 Consolidated Financial Statements, related
notes and management's discussion included in this Form 10-K. The selected
consolidated statement of operations data and the consolidated balance sheet
data as of and for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 were derived from
consolidated financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
accountants, whose related audit report is included in this Form 10-K. The
selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December
31, 1997 was derived from consolidated financial statements audited in part by
Arthur Andersen LLP and in part by KPMG LLP, whose audit reports are included in
this Form 10-K, and pertain to RF Power Products' fiscal year ended November 30,
1997. As such, our statement of operations data for fiscal 1997 includes the
statement of operations for RF Power Products' fiscal year ended November 30,
1997. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated balance sheet
data as of December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 were derived from audited
consolidated financial statements not included in this Form 10-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1999          1998           1997          1996          1995
                                               ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales ....................................     $ 183,958     $ 124,698      $ 175,758     $ 129,931     $ 121,075
Gross profit .............................        81,857        36,713         66,956        47,246        56,072
Total operating expenses .................        56,516        49,488         47,242        36,876        31,733
Income (loss) from operations ............        25,341       (12,775)        19,714        10,370        24,339
Net income (loss) ........................     $  16,838     $  (9,517)     $  12,056     $   6,371     $  14,798
                                               =========     =========      =========     =========     =========
Diluted earnings (loss) per share ........     $    0.59     $   (0.36)     $    0.46     $    0.25     $    0.63
Diluted weighted-average common shares
   outstanding ...........................        28,389        26,572         26,302        25,738        23,310
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                               ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1999          1998           1997          1996          1995
                                               ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and marketable securities ...........     $ 205,792     $  28,134      $  32,215     $  11,778     $  14,022
Working capital ..........................       251,869        62,059         74,342        41,638        38,861
Total assets .............................       312,385       101,035        130,064        68,078        68,234
Total debt ...............................       137,305           537          6,518         3,741         3,458
Stockholders' equity .....................       148,347        89,133         97,527        54,927        48,057
</TABLE>



                                       32
<PAGE>   33

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

    The following discussion contains, in addition to historical information,
forward-looking statements, within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. For example, statements relating to our beliefs, expectations and
plans are forward-looking statements, as are statements that certain actions,
conditions or circumstances will continue. Forward-looking statements involve
risks and uncertainties. As a result, our actual results may differ materially
from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could
cause or contribute to such differences or prove any forward-looking statements,
by hindsight, to be overly optimistic or unachievable, include, but are not
limited to the following:

        o       the significant fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

        o       the volatility of the semiconductor and semiconductor capital
                equipment industries;

        o       timing and success of integration of recent and potential future
                acquisitions; and

        o       supply constraints and technological changes.

For a discussion of these and other factors that may impact our realization of
our forward-looking statements, see Part I "Cautionary Statements - Risk
Factors."

OVERVIEW

    We design, manufacture and support power conversion and control systems.
These systems are important components of industrial manufacturing equipment
that modifies surfaces or deposits or etches thin film layers on computer chips,
CDs, flat panel displays such as computer screens, DVDs, windows, eyeglasses and
other products. We market and sell our systems primarily to large global OEMs of
semiconductor, data storage and flat panel display manufacturing equipment and
for manufacturers of other products in emerging markets. A substantial
proportion of our sales are made on a just-in-time basis in which the shipment
of systems occurs within a few days or hours after an order is received. We
recognize revenues upon shipment of our systems and there is no requirement for
acceptance when a product is shipped.

    The semiconductor capital equipment industry accounted for approximately 59%
of our sales in 1997, 49% in 1998 and 61% in 1999. We have been successful in
achieving a number of design wins each year, which have resulted in our
obtaining new customers and solidifying relationships with our existing
customers. We believe our ability to



                                       33
<PAGE>   34

continue to achieve design wins with existing and potential customers will be
critical to our future success.

    We continue to seek to expand our product offerings and customer base
through internal development and acquisitions.

    In May 1997 we acquired the assets of MIK Physics, Inc. This acquisition
provided the base technology for our Astral products, which are high power
direct current (DC) systems used in PVD equipment.

    In August 1997 we acquired Tower Electronics. This acquisition expanded our
technology and customer base, and provided us with the capability to design and
manufacture power conversion systems for use in modems, non-impact printers,
telephone switches and laser devices.

    In October 1997 we completed an underwritten public offering of 1,000,000
shares of our common stock at a price of $31 per share, for aggregate net
proceeds of approximately $28.7 million. In that same month we also completed
formation of our wholly owned sales and service subsidiary in South Korea.

    We took another step towards achieving further market penetration in
September 1998 when we acquired the assets of Fourth State Technology. This
acquisition enhanced our capability to design and manufacture RF power-related
process control systems used to monitor and analyze data in thin film etch
processes.

    In October 1998 we acquired RF Power Products, which designs, manufactures
and supports RF power conversion and control systems, consisting of generators
and matching networks. We believe our ability to offer an expanded line of RF
systems to our existing customer base has strengthened those relationships. We
sell these products principally to semiconductor capital equipment
manufacturers. We also sell similar systems to capital equipment manufacturers
in the flat panel display and thin film data storage industries, and are
exploring applications for these products in other industries. In April 1999 we
changed the name of RF Power Products to Advanced Energy Voorhees, Inc. and
conduct business under that name.

    In October 1999 we acquired a majority interest in LITMAS, a company that
designs and manufactures plasma gas abatement systems and high-density plasma
sources. We believe that LITMAS' current and future products will expand our
product offerings to our existing and potential customers in the semiconductor
capital equipment industry.

    In November 1999 we completed two underwritten public offerings, one for
$135 million of convertible subordinated notes, and one for 1,000,000 shares of
our common stock at a price of $39 per share. These offerings provided aggregate
net proceeds of approximately $167.1 million.



                                       34

<PAGE>   35
    In December 1999 we completed formation of our wholly owned sales and
service subsidiary in Taiwan.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The following table summarizes certain data as a percentage of sales
extracted from our statement of operations:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ---------------------------------
                                                           1999        1998         1997
                                                         --------    --------     --------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>          <C>
Sales ..............................................        100.0%      100.0%       100.0%
Cost of sales ......................................         55.5        70.6         61.9
                                                         --------    --------     --------
Gross margin .......................................         44.5        29.4         38.1
                                                         --------    --------     --------
Operating expenses:
  Research and development .........................         14.4        19.1         11.0
  Sales and marketing ..............................          9.2        10.9          6.6
  General and administrative .......................          7.1         7.5          6.0
  Restructuring charge .............................         --           0.8         --
  Merger costs .....................................         --           2.2         --
  Storm (recoveries) damages .......................         --          (0.9)         1.5
  Purchased in-process research and development              --          --            1.8
                                                         --------    --------     --------
Total operating expenses ...........................         30.7        39.6         26.9
                                                         --------    --------     --------
Income (loss) from operations ......................         13.8       (10.2)        11.2
Other income (expense) .............................          0.9         0.2         (0.1)
                                                         --------    --------     --------
Net income (loss) before income taxes and
  minority interest ................................         14.7       (10.0)        11.1

Provision (benefit) for income taxes ...............          5.5        (2.4)         4.2
Minority interest in net income ....................          0.0        --           --
                                                         --------    --------     --------
Net income (loss) ..................................          9.2%       (7.6)%        6.9%
                                                         ========    ========     ========
</TABLE>

   SALES

    We sell power conversion and control systems and plasma gas abatement
systems primarily to the semiconductor capital equipment, data storage and
emerging markets in the United States, to the flat panel display and data
storage markets in Japan, and to data storage and emerging markets in Europe. We
also sell spare parts and repair services worldwide through our customer service
and technical support organization.

    Sales were $175.8 million, $124.7 million and $184.0 million in 1997, 1998
and 1999, respectively, representing a decrease of 29% from 1997 to 1998 and an
increase of 48% from 1998 to 1999. Our sales decrease from 1997 to 1998 resulted
from decreased unit sales of our systems, while the increase from 1998 to 1999
was due to increased unit sales.

    We started the year 1997 with strong sales growth to semiconductor capital
equipment customers, which followed the 1996 downturn in that industry that had
resulted from excess production capacity of semiconductor manufacturers and
sharply decreased memory device prices. Toward the end of 1997, after a
relatively strong recovery, the semiconductor capital equipment industry,
affected primarily by the Asian financial crisis, began a sudden and severe
downturn, which continued through 1998. This caused a



                                       35
<PAGE>   36

41% decrease in our sales to this industry in 1998 when compared to 1997, and
resulted in lower sales to the United States and the Asia Pacific region. Sales
to the data storage industry decreased 27%, although sales to our largest
customer in that industry grew significantly from 1997 to 1998, resulting in
higher sales to Europe. Sales to emerging markets were slightly higher, but
would have been lower if not for the full-year effect of sales by Tower in 1998.
Our experience has shown that our sales to semiconductor capital equipment
customers has been dependent on the volatility of that industry, as a result of
sudden changes in semiconductor supply and demand, and rapid technological
advances in both semiconductor devices and wafer fabrication processes.

    A substantial portion of our sales growth from 1998 to 1999 was due to
higher system sales to four of our largest customers, three of whom are
primarily semiconductor capital equipment OEMs, and one of whom is a data
storage OEM. Our sales in 1999 reflected the recovery in the semiconductor
capital equipment industry from the severe downturn of 1998, and resulted from
capacity expansion and increased investment in advanced technology by the
semiconductor industry. This recovery and expansion resulted in record sales for
us in 1999. It also resulted in record sales for us to the semiconductor capital
equipment industry specifically. Our sales to the semiconductor capital
equipment industry in 1999 increased 86% over sales to that industry in 1998,
and resulted in higher sales within the United States. Sales to the data storage
industry increased 32% from 1998 to 1999, and resulted in higher sales to
Europe. Sales to the flat panel display industry increased 75% from 1998 to
1999, and resulted in higher sales to the Asia Pacific region, particularly to
Japan. Sales to emerging industries decreased 15%, primarily due to decreased
sales by our Tower subsidiary.

    The following tables summarize annual net sales, and percentages of net
sales, by customer type for us for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            ------------------------------------------
                                               1999            1998            1997
                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>             <C>             <C>
Semiconductor capital equipment .......     $  112,504      $   60,573      $  102,723
Data storage ..........................         22,801          17,300          23,583
Flat panel display ....................         10,193           5,832          11,438
Emerging ..............................         28,563          33,593          30,748
Customer service technical support ....          9,897           7,400           7,266
                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
                                            $  183,958      $  124,698      $  175,758
                                            ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            ------------------------------------------
                                               1999            1998            1997
                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>             <C>
Semiconductor capital equipment .......           61.2%           48.6%           58.5%
Data storage ..........................           12.4            13.9            13.4
Flat panel display ....................            5.5             4.7             6.5
Emerging ..............................           15.5            26.9            17.5
Customer service technical support ....            5.4             5.9             4.1
                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
                                                 100.0%          100.0%          100.0%
                                            ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

    The following tables summarize annual net sales, and percentages of net
sales, by geographic region for us for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1999:



                                       36
<PAGE>   37

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                        1999            1998            1997
                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>             <C>             <C>
 United States and Canada ......     $  130,762      $   89,452      $  134,955
 Europe ........................         31,228          25,357          23,092
 Asia Pacific ..................         21,470           9,478          17,110
 Rest of world .................            498             411             601
                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
                                     $  183,958      $  124,698      $  175,758
                                     ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                        1999            1998            1997
                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>             <C>
 United States and Canada ......           71.1%           71.7%           76.9%
 Europe ........................           17.0            20.3            13.1
 Asia Pacific ..................           11.7             7.7             9.7
 Rest of world .................            0.2             0.3             0.3
                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
                                          100.0%          100.0%          100.0%
                                     ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

   GROSS MARGIN

    Our gross margins were 38.1%, 29.4% and 44.5% for 1997, 1998 and 1999,
respectively. The decrease in gross margin from 1997 to 1998 was primarily due
to unfavorable absorption of manufacturing overhead as a result of significant
capacity expansion in 1997 and the reduced level of sales in 1998. The
improvement in gross margin from 1998 to 1999 was primarily a result of our
efforts to reduce material costs, improve overhead cost controls and a more
favorable absorption of manufacturing costs from the higher sales base.

    During the first quarter of 1997 we relocated and expanded the Voorhees, New
Jersey facility. In the fourth quarter of 1997 we expanded into a new
manufacturing facility in Fort Collins, Colorado. In the second quarter of 1998
we relocated part of our previously existing Fort Collins manufacturing
operations to a new facility in Austin, Texas. We intended the three new
facilities to serve existing and anticipated growth in the semiconductor capital
equipment industry. The expansion to the new location in Austin was to provide
service specifically to our largest customer, a semiconductor capital equipment
manufacturer, whose primary manufacturing facilities are in Austin.

    In the fourth quarter of 1997 the semiconductor capital equipment industry
entered a sudden and severe downturn which continued through the end of 1998.
The downturn in this industry, with the resulting underutilization of capacity,
significantly impacted our financial results for 1998. The combination of the
expansion and lower sales resulted in an over-capacity situation for us, leading
to unfavorable absorption of manufacturing overhead and a substantially reduced
margin. This underutilization of manufacturing capacity continued to negatively
impact gross margins, until sales to the semiconductor capital equipment market
began to recover in 1999.

    Historically, price competition has not had a material effect on margins.
However, competitive pressures may produce a decline in average selling prices
for certain products. Any decline in average selling prices not offset by
reduced costs could result in a decline in our gross margins.



                                       37
<PAGE>   38

    We provide warranty coverage for our systems ranging from 12 to 24 months,
and estimate the anticipated costs of repairing our systems under such
warranties based on the historical average costs of the repairs. To date, we
have not experienced significant warranty costs in excess of our recorded
reserves.

   RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

    We invest in research and development to research new technologies, develop
new products and improve existing product designs. Our research and development
expenses were $19.3 million, $23.8 million and $26.5 million for 1997, 1998 and
1999, respectively, representing an increase of 23% from 1997 to 1998 and 11%
from 1998 to 1999. As a percentage of sales, research and development expenses
increased from 11.0% in 1997 to 19.1% in 1998 because of the lower sales base,
but decreased to 14.4% in 1999 because of the higher sales base. The increase in
expenses from 1997 to 1999 is primarily due to increases in payroll, materials
and supplies, and higher infrastructure costs for new product development.

    In connection with the acquisition of Tower in August 1997, we recorded a
one-time charge of $3.1 million in 1997 for the portion of the purchase price
attributable to in-process research and development. This one-time charge is not
included in the $19.3 million reported for research and development expense in
1997.

    We believe continued research and development investment for development of
new systems is critical to our ability to serve new and existing markets. Since
our inception, research and development costs generally have been internally
funded and all have been expensed as incurred.

   SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES

    Our sales and marketing expenses support domestic and international sales
and marketing activities which include personnel, trade shows, advertising, and
other marketing activities. Sales and marketing expenses were $11.6 million,
$13.5 million and $16.9 million for 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. This
represented a 16% increase from 1997 to 1998 and 25% from 1998 to 1999. The
increases are attributable to higher payroll costs incurred as we continue to
increase our sales management and product management capabilities. Additionally,
we increased spending in 1998 to develop worldwide applications engineering
capabilities. As a percentage of sales, these expenses increased from 6.6% in
1997 to 10.9% in 1998 because of the lower sales base but decreased to 9.2% in
1999 because of the higher sales base.

   GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

    Our general and administrative expenses support our worldwide financial,
administrative, information systems and human resources functions. General and
administrative expenses were $10.5 million, $9.5 million and $13.1 million for
1997,



                                       38
<PAGE>   39

1998 and 1999, respectively. The decrease in expenses from 1997 to 1998 is
primarily due to cost control measures implemented in 1998, and the increase
from 1998 to 1999 is primarily due to higher spending for payroll and purchased
services. As a percentage of sales, general and administrative expenses were
6.0%, 7.5% and 7.1% for 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. The increase from
1997 to 1998 was due to the lower sales base, while the decrease from 1998 to
1999 was due to the higher sales base.

    We continue to implement our management system software, including the
replacement of existing systems in our domestic and foreign locations. We expect
that charges related to training and implementation of the new software will
continue through 2000.

   ONE-TIME CHARGES AND CREDITS

    We took one-time net charges totaling $5.8 million in 1997. Included was a
net charge of $2.7 million for storm damage to our headquarters and main
manufacturing facilities that resulted from heavy rains in the Fort Collins area
in July 1997. We settled with our insurance carrier in 1998, which resulted in a
$1.1 million recovery we recorded in the fourth quarter of 1998.

    As discussed above in "Research and Development," the acquisition of Tower
resulted in a charge of $3.1 million in 1997 for purchased in-process research
and development, which is nondeductible for income tax purposes.

    In addition to the settlement for storm damage, we took one-time charges
totaling $3.7 million in 1998. In August 1998 we announced a restructuring plan
to respond to the downturn in the semiconductor capital equipment market. The
plan included a reduction of workforce of 128 people, the closure of one
facility in our Fort Collins, Colorado campus, and the abandonment of plans to
construct a new manufacturing facility in Fort Collins. We achieved other
reductions in workforce at the Voorhees facility throughout 1998. We took a
one-time charge of $1.0 million for the restructuring in the third quarter of
1998.

    On October 8, 1998, Advanced Energy acquired RF Power Products, in a pooling
of interests that involved the exchange of four million shares of Advanced
Energy common stock for the publicly held common stock of RF Power Products. As
part of the business combination, we incurred $2.7 million of expense recorded
in the fourth quarter of 1998. We incurred additional operating expenses during
1999 relating to consolidating and integrating operations of this business
combination.

   OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

    Other income (expense) consists primarily of interest income and expense,
foreign exchange gains and losses and other miscellaneous income and expense
items. Interest income was approximately $0.6 million, $1.1 million and $2.1
million for the years 1997,



                                       39
<PAGE>   40

1998 and 1999, respectively. In 1997 and 1998, interest income was earned
primarily from earnings on investments made from the proceeds of our initial
public offering in 1995 and our underwritten public offering in 1997. In 1999
interest income was earned primarily from the proceeds of our offering of
convertible subordinated debt and common stock offering of November 1999.

    Interest expense consists principally of accruals of interest on our
convertible subordinated notes, on borrowings under our bank credit and capital
lease facilities and a state government loan. Interest expense was approximately
$0.5 million, $0.2 million and $1.2 million for the years 1997, 1998 and 1999,
respectively. The increase of interest expense from 1998 to 1999 was primarily
due to interest on the convertible subordinated notes.

    Our foreign subsidiaries' sales are primarily denominated in currencies
other than the U.S. dollar. We recorded net foreign currency gains of $0.1
million, $0.4 million and $1.5 million for 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
The increase from 1998 to 1999 was primarily due to strengthening of the
exchange rate of the Japanese yen to the U.S. dollar. Beginning in 1997, we
entered into various forward foreign exchange contracts as a hedge against
currency fluctuations in the Japanese yen. We will continue to evaluate various
policies to minimize the effect of foreign currency fluctuations.

    Eleven European countries have adopted a Single European Currency (the
"euro") as of January 1, 1999 with a transition period continuing through
January 1, 2002. As of January 1, 1999, these eleven of the fifteen member
countries of the European Union (the "participating countries") established
fixed conversion rates between their existing sovereign currencies and the euro.
For three years after the introduction of the euro, the participating countries
can perform financial transactions in either the euro or their original local
currencies. This will result in a fixed exchange rate among the participating
countries, whereas the euro (and the participating countries' currencies in
tandem) will continue to float freely against the U.S. dollar and other
currencies of non-participating countries. Although we do not expect the
introduction of the euro currency to have a significant impact on our revenues
or results of operations, we are unable to determine what effects, if any, the
currency change in Europe will have on competition and competitive pricing in
the affected regions.

   PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES

    The income tax provision for 1997 was $7.5 million and represented an
effective tax rate of 38.2%. The income tax benefit of $2.9 million for 1998
represented an effective rate of 23.4%. The income tax provision of $10.2
million in 1999 represented an effective rate of 37.6%. The lower rate of the
tax benefit in 1998 was due to nondeductible costs associated with Advanced
Energy's acquisition of RF Power Products, and foreign operating losses with no
benefit recorded. Changes in our relative earnings and the earnings of our
foreign subsidiaries affect our consolidated effective tax rate. We adjust our
income taxes periodically based upon the anticipated tax status of all foreign
and



                                       40
<PAGE>   41


domestic entities.

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The following tables present unaudited quarterly results in dollars and as a
percentage of sales for each of the eight quarters in the period ended December
31, 1999. We believe that all necessary adjustments have been included in the
amounts stated below to present fairly such quarterly information. The operating
results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any
subsequent period.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            QUARTERS ENDED
                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          MAR. 31,  JUNE 30,    SEPT. 30,   DEC. 31,    MAR. 31,    JUNE 30,   SEPT. 30,  DEC. 31,
                                           1998       1998        1998        1998        1999        1999       1999      1999
                                         ---------  --------    ---------   --------    --------    --------   ---------  --------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                      <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Sales ................................   $ 43,869   $ 31,981    $ 26,292    $ 22,556    $ 32,728    $ 41,515   $ 51,142   $ 58,573

Cost of sales ........................     30,263     23,466      18,317      15,939      19,630      23,222     28,598     30,651
                                         --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------   --------   --------
Gross profit .........................     13,606      8,515       7,975       6,617      13,098      18,293     22,544     27,922
                                         --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------   --------   --------
Operating expenses:
  Research and development ...........      5,835      6,394       5,722       5,898       5,852       6,758      6,935      6,972
  Sales and marketing ................      3,564      3,512       3,255       3,200       3,305       3,979      4,187      5,464
  General and administrative .........      2,859      2,768       2,353       1,503       2,870       3,088      3,715      3,391
  Restructuring charge ...............         --         --       1,000          --          --          --         --         --
  Merger costs .......................         --         --          --       2,742          --          --         --         --
  Storm recoveries ...................         --         --          --      (1,117)         --          --         --         --
                                         --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------   --------   --------
Total operating expenses .............     12,258     12,674      12,330      12,226      12,027      13,825     14,837     15,827
                                         --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------   --------   --------
Income (loss) from operations ........      1,348     (4,159)     (4,355)     (5,609)      1,071       4,468      7,707     12,095
Other income (expense) ...............         98        129        (214)        345         (39)         56      1,131        595
                                         --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------   --------   --------
Net income (loss) before income
  taxes and minority interest ........      1,446     (4,030)     (4,569)     (5,264)      1,032       4,524      8,838     12,690
Provision (benefit) for income
  taxes ..............................        552       (885)     (1,089)     (1,478)        498       1,754      3,303      4,622
Minority interest in net income ......         --         --          --          --          --          --         --         69
                                         --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------   --------   --------
Net income (loss) ....................   $    894   $ (3,145)   $ (3,480)   $ (3,786)   $    534    $  2,770   $  5,535   $  7,999
                                         ========   ========    ========    ========    ========    ========   ========   ========
Diluted earnings (loss) per share ....   $   0.03   $  (0.12)   $  (0.13)   $  (0.14)   $   0.02    $   0.10   $   0.20   $   0.28
                                         ========   ========    ========    ========    ========    ========   ========   ========
Diluted weighted-average common
  shares outstanding .................     27,170     26,531      26,585      26,681      28,027      28,169     28,318     29,043
                                         ========   ========    ========    ========    ========    ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          QUARTERS ENDED
                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            MAR. 31, JUNE 30, SEPT. 30,  DEC. 31, MAR. 31,  JUNE 30, SEPT. 30, DEC. 31,
                                              1998    1998      1998       1998     1999      1999      1999     1999
                                            -------- -------- ---------  -------- --------  -------- --------- -------
<S>                                         <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
PERCENTAGE OF SALES:
Sales ..................................     100.0%   100.0%    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%   100.0%   100.0%
Cost of sales ..........................      69.0     73.4      69.7      70.7      60.0      55.9     55.9     52.3
                                             -----    -----     -----     -----     -----     -----    -----    -----
Gross margin ...........................      31.0     26.6      30.3      29.3      40.0      44.1     44.1     47.7
                                             -----    -----     -----     -----     -----     -----    -----    -----
Operating expenses:
  Research and development .............      13.3     19.9      21.8      26.1      17.9      16.3     13.5     12.0
  Sales and marketing ..................       8.1     11.0      12.4      14.2      10.1       9.6      8.2      9.3
  General and administrative ...........       6.5      8.7       8.9       6.7       8.7       7.4      7.3      5.8
  Restructuring charge .................      --       --         3.8      --        --        --       --       --
  Merger costs .........................      --       --        --        12.2      --        --       --       --
  Storm recoveries .....................      --       --        --        (5.0)     --        --       --       --
                                             -----    -----     -----     -----     -----     -----    -----    -----
Total operating expenses ...............      27.9     39.6      46.9      54.2      36.7      33.3     29.0     27.1
                                             -----    -----     -----     -----     -----     -----    -----    -----
Income (loss) from operations ..........       3.1    (13.0)    (16.6)    (24.9)      3.3      10.8     15.1     20.6
Other income (expense) .................       0.2      0.4      (0.8)      1.6      (0.1)      0.1      2.2      1.1
                                             -----    -----     -----     -----     -----     -----    -----    -----
Net income (loss) before income
  taxes and minority interest ..........       3.3    (12.6)    (17.4)    (23.3)      3.2      10.9     17.3     21.7
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ...       1.3     (2.8)     (4.2)     (6.5)      1.6       4.2      6.5      7.9
Minority interest in net income ........      --       --        --        --        --        --       --        0.1
                                             -----    -----     -----     -----     -----     -----    -----    -----
Net income (loss) ......................       2.0%    (9.8)%   (13.2)%   (16.8)%     1.6%      6.7%    10.8%    13.7%
                                             =====    =====     =====     =====     =====     =====    =====    =====
</TABLE>


    We have experienced and expect to continue to experience significant
fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. Our expense levels are based,
in part, on expectations of future revenues. If revenue levels in a particular
quarter do not meet expectations,



                                       41
<PAGE>   42

operating results may be adversely affected. A variety of factors have an
influence on the level of our revenues in a particular quarter. These factors
include:

        o       general economic conditions;

        o       specific economic conditions in the industries we serve;

        o       timing and receipt of orders from major customers;

        o       customer cancellations or delays of shipments;

        o       specific feature requests by customers;

        o       production delays or manufacturing inefficiencies;

        o       exchange rate fluctuations;

        o       management decisions to commence or discontinue product lines;

        o       our ability to design, introduce and manufacture new products on
                a cost effective and timely basis;

        o       the introduction of new products by us or our competitors;

        o       the timing of research and development expenditures; and

        o       expenses related to acquisitions, strategic alliances, and the
                further development of marketing and service capabilities.

    We make a substantial portion of our shipments on a just-in-time basis in
which shipment of systems occurs within a few days or hours after we receive an
order. Our backlog is not meaningful because of the importance of just-in-time
shipments. We are dependent on obtaining orders for shipment in a particular
quarter to achieve our revenue objectives for that quarter. Accordingly, it is
difficult for us to predict accurately the timing and level of sales in a
particular quarter. Due to our just-in-time program, we anticipate quarterly
fluctuations in sales to continue to occur.

    Our quarterly operating results in 1998 and 1999 reflect the changing demand
for our products during this period, principally from manufacturers of
semiconductor capital equipment and data storage equipment and emerging markets,
and our ability to adjust our manufacturing capacity to meet this demand. Demand
from the semiconductor capital equipment companies entered a sudden and severe
downturn at the end of 1997, which continued throughout 1998, but which
recovered slowly throughout 1999. Sales to the data storage industry declined
from the first quarter of 1998 to the second quarter of 1998, then increased in
the third quarter of 1998 but dropped significantly in the fourth quarter of
1998. Data storage sales then increased throughout 1999, except for a slight
decrease in the second quarter. Sales to the flat panel display industry
decreased from the



                                       42
<PAGE>   43

first quarter of 1998 to the second quarter of 1998, and decreased again from
the second quarter of 1998 to the third quarter of 1998, then increased in each
of the next five quarters. Sales to emerging markets were lower in the second
half of 1998 when compared to the first half of 1998, were lower again in the
first half of 1999, then increased in the second half of 1999.

    Our gross margin fluctuated significantly on a quarterly basis in 1998 and
1999, primarily reflecting utilization of manufacturing capacity. The decrease
in gross margin from 31.0% to 26.6% from the first quarter of 1998 to the second
quarter of 1998 was due to decreased utilization of capacity resulting from the
decrease in sales to the semiconductor capital equipment industry. Gross margin
improved to 30.3% in the third quarter of 1998 even though there was a decrease
in sales to the semiconductor capital equipment industry and decreased
utilization of capacity. The improvement was due to our efforts to lower
material costs through supplier contract negotiations while improving material
quality and material handling efficiency, as well as from cost improvements
realized from the restructuring. Gross margin declined to 29.3% in the fourth
quarter of 1998, due primarily to another decrease in sales to the semiconductor
capital equipment industry that resulted in decreased utilization of capacity,
although material costs improved due to efforts continued from the previous
quarter. Gross margin then improved to 40.0% in the first quarter of 1999, to
44.1% in the second and third quarters of 1999 and to 47.7% in the fourth
quarter of 1999. These increases were due to increased utilization of capacity
from the recovery in the semiconductor capital equipment industry and from our
increased efforts to lower material costs.

    Due to the downturn in the semiconductor capital equipment industry in 1998,
we held operating expenses, excluding one-time charges and credits, relatively
flat during the first half of 1998 in anticipation of an early recovery.
Operating expenses were $12.3 million and $12.7 million in the first and second
quarters of 1998, respectively. With the extent and duration of the downturn
still uncertain, in the second half of 1998 we reduced operating expenses,
excluding one-time charges and credits, while maintaining a minimum level of
resources necessary to address an upturn in the semiconductor capital equipment
industry that began to occur during 1999. Operating expenses in the third and
fourth quarters of 1998 were $12.3 million and $12.2 million, respectively, and
would have been $11.3 million and $10.6 million, respectively, if not for
one-time charges and credits. Operating expenses were $12.0 million, $13.8
million, $14.8 million and $15.8 million during the first, second, third and
fourth quarters of 1999, respectively, but declined as a percentage of sales
throughout 1999 as the sales base increased each quarter. As a percentage of
sales, operating expenses have declined during periods of rapid sales growth,
when sales increased at a rate faster than our ability to add personnel and
facilities to support the growth. Operating expenses as a percentage of sales
have increased during periods of flat or decreased sales, when our
infrastructure is retained to support anticipated future growth.

    Other income (expense) consists primarily of interest income and expense and
foreign currency gain and loss. Interest income and expense were relatively
stable throughout



                                       43
<PAGE>   44

the periods presented, until the fourth quarter of 1999, when the interest
income and expense from the proceeds of the convertible subordinated notes and
the interest from the proceeds of the common stock sale began. During 1998 we
recorded a net foreign exchange gain of $0.4 million, earned primarily in the
fourth quarter of that year. During 1999 we recorded a net foreign exchange gain
of $1.5 million, which occurred mostly in the second half of the year. We
continue to utilize forward foreign exchange contracts in Japan to mitigate the
effects of foreign currency fluctuations.

    Our effective rate for income tax provision (benefit) fluctuated
significantly throughout 1998, varying from 22.0% to 38.2%. The fluctuations
were due to certain nondeductible expenses including merger costs and losses in
foreign subsidiaries for which no tax benefit was recorded. Our effective income
tax rate became more stable in 1999, varying from 36.4% to 48.3%. We have
implemented certain business strategies which we believe will favorably impact
our effective income tax rate in future periods.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Since our inception, we have financed our operations, acquired equipment and
met our working capital requirements through borrowings under our revolving line
of credit, long-term loans secured by property and equipment, cash flow from
operations, proceeds from underwritten public offerings of our common stock and
proceeds from convertible subordinated debt.

    Operating activities provided cash of $8.7 million in 1998, primarily as a
result of depreciation, amortization and decreases in accounts receivable and
inventories, offset by net loss, decreases in income taxes payable, accounts
payable and payroll. Operating activities provided cash of $10.1 million in
1999, primarily as a result of net income, depreciation, amortization, increases
in accounts payable and increased accruals for payroll, employee benefits and
income taxes, offset by increases in accounts receivable and inventories. We
expect future receivable and inventory balances to fluctuate with net sales. We
provide just-in-time deliveries to certain of our customers and may be required
to maintain higher levels of inventory to satisfy our customers' delivery
requirements. Any increase in our inventory levels will require the use of cash
to finance the inventory.

    Investing activities in 1998 used cash of $3.7 million and included the
purchase of property and equipment of $5.3 million, the acquisition of the
assets of Fourth State Technology for $2.5 million and the initial investment in
LITMAS of $1.0 million, offset by a net decrease in marketable securities of
$5.1 million. Investing activities in 1999 used cash of $175.9 million and
included a net increase in marketable securities of $168.9 million, the purchase
of property and equipment of $6.8 million and an additional investment in LITMAS
of $0.2 million.

    Financing activities used cash of $5.1 million in 1998 and consisted
primarily of changes in notes payable and capital lease obligations. Financing
activities provided cash



                                       44
<PAGE>   45


of $173.3 million in 1999, and consisted primarily of net proceeds from
convertible subordinated debt of $130.5 million, net proceeds from the sale of
common stock of $36.6 million, proceeds from the exercise of employee stock
options and sale of common stock through our employee stock purchase plan of
$4.5 million, and other items of $1.7 million.

    We plan to spend approximately $8.5 million in 2000 for the acquisition of
equipment, leasehold improvements and furnishings, with depreciation expense
projected to be $5.7 million.

    As of December 31, 1999, we had working capital of $251.9 million. Our
principal sources of liquidity consisted of $19.4 million of cash and cash
equivalents, $186.4 million of marketable securities, and a credit facility
consisting of a $30.0 million revolving line of credit which replaced our prior
line of credit, with options to convert up to $10.0 million to a three-year term
loan. Advances under the revolving line of credit bear interest at either the
prime rate (8.75% at February 29, 2000) minus 1.25% or the LIBOR 360-day rate
(6.76375% at February 29, 2000) plus 150 basis points, at our option. All
advances under this revolving line of credit will be due and payable in December
2000. As of December 31, 1999 there was an advance outstanding of $2.0 million
to our Japanese subsidiary, Advanced Energy Japan K.K. Additionally, we
guarantee a $2,500,000 bank term loan through March 31, 2000, entered into by a
non-public entity that serves as a supplier to us.

    We believe that our cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations and
available borrowings, will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs
through at least the end of 2000. After that time, we may require additional
equity or debt financing to address our working capital, capital equipment or
expansion needs. In addition, any significant acquisitions we make may require
additional equity or debt financings to fund the purchase price, if paid in
cash. There can be no assurance that additional funding will be available when
required or that it will be available on terms acceptable to us.

YEAR 2000 PROGRAM

    We did not experience any significant malfunctions or errors in our
operating or business systems when the date changed from 1999 to 2000. Based on
operations since January 1, 2000, we do not expect any significant impact to our
ongoing business as a result of the "Year 2000 issue." However, it is possible
that the full impact of the date change, which was of concern due to computer
programs that use two digits instead of four digits to define years, has not
been fully recognized. For example, it is possible that Year 2000 or similar
issues may occur with billing, payroll, or financial closings at the end of a
month, quarter or year. We have not experienced any such problems to date and we
believe that any such problems are likely to be minor and correctable. In
addition, we could still be negatively impacted if the Year 2000 or similar
issues adversely affect our



                                       45
<PAGE>   46

customers or suppliers. We currently are not aware of any significant Year 2000
or similar problems that have arisen for our customers and suppliers.

    The foregoing beliefs and expectations are forward-looking statements within
the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange
Act. These are based in large part on certain statements and representations
made by persons other than us, any of which statements or representations
ultimately could prove to be inaccurate.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

INTEREST RATE RISK

    Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily
to our investment portfolio and long-term debt obligations. We generally place
our investments with high credit quality issuers and by policy are averse to
principal loss and seek to protect and preserve our invested funds by limiting
default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk. As of December 31, 1999, our
investments consisted of commercial paper, municipal bonds and notes and mutual
funds.

    Our interest expense is sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S.
interest rates with respect to our bank facility of which $2.0 million was
outstanding as of December 31, 1999. Our other debt, including our convertible
subordinated notes, is fixed rate in nature and mitigates the impact of
fluctuations in interest rates. The fair value of our debt approximates the
carrying amount at December 31, 1999. We believe the potential effects of
near-term changes in interest rates on our debt is not material.

FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE RISK

    We transact business in various foreign countries. Our primary foreign
currency cash flows are generated in countries in Asia and Europe. We have
entered into various forward foreign exchange contracts as a hedge against
currency fluctuations in the Japanese yen. We will continue to evaluate various
methods to minimize the effects of currency fluctuations. At December 31, 1999,
we held foreign forward exchange contracts with nominal amounts of $4,500,000
and market settlement amounts of $4,498,000 for an unrealized gain position of
$2,000.

OTHER RISK

    We have invested in a start-up company and may in the future make additional
investments in start-up companies that develop products which we believe may
provide future benefits. The current start-up investment and any future start-up
investments will be subject to all of the risks inherent in investing in
companies that are not established.



                                       46
<PAGE>   47

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         PAGE
                                                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
Report of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public Accountants..........................................   48
Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Public Accountants.....................................................   49
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1999 and 1998...........................................   50
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997..............   52
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997....   53
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997..............   54
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................................................   55
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts........................................................   68
</TABLE>



                                       47
<PAGE>   48

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
     of Advanced Energy Industries, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Advanced Energy
Industries, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31,
1999 and 1998, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1999. These consolidated financial statements and the
schedule referred to below are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements and schedule based on our audits. The consolidated financial
statements give retroactive effect to the merger of the Company and RF Power
Products, Inc., which has been accounted for as a pooling of interests as
described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements. We did not audit
the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the year ended
November 30, 1997 (the previous year-end of RF Power Products, Inc. - see Note
3), which statements reflect total revenues of 19% of the related consolidated
totals for the year ended December 31, 1997. These statements were audited by
other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar
as it relates to amounts included for RF Power Products, Inc., is based solely
upon the report of the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits and the report of the other auditors provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the
consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Advanced Energy Industries, Inc.
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1999 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule attached to the consolidated
financial statements is presented for purposes of complying with the Securities
and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of the basic financial
statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied
in our audits of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly
stated in all material respects in relation to the basic financial statements
taken as a whole.


                                             ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Denver, Colorado
February 8, 2000.



                                       48
<PAGE>   49

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


The Board of Directors and Shareholders
RF Power Products, Inc.:


We have audited the consolidated statement of income, shareholders' equity, and
cash flows of RF Power Products, Inc. and subsidiary for the year ended November
30, 1997 (not separately presented herein). In connection with our audit of
these consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the related
consolidated financial statement schedule (not separately presented herein).
These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedule based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations of RF Power
Products, Inc. and subsidiary and their cash flows for the year ended November
30, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in
our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in
relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.


                                                   KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
January 16, 1998




                                       49
<PAGE>   50

                ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         -------------------
                                                                                           1999       1998
                                                                                         --------   --------
<S>                                                                                      <C>        <C>
                                      ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents ..........................................................   $ 19,352   $ 12,295
  Marketable securities - trading ....................................................    186,440     15,839
  Accounts receivable --
     Trade (less allowances for doubtful accounts of approximately
       $537 and $582 at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively) ....................     41,524     14,841
     Related parties .................................................................         32        221
     Other ...........................................................................      1,787        542
  Income tax receivable ..............................................................      1,224      3,576
  Inventories ........................................................................     25,474     21,412
  Other current assets ...............................................................      1,708        797
  Deferred income tax assets, net ....................................................      3,080      4,112
                                                                                         --------   --------
          Total current assets .......................................................    280,621     73,635
                                                                                         --------   --------

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, at cost, net of accumulated
  depreciation of $17,990 and $14,316 at December 31,
  1999 and 1998, respectively ........................................................     16,675     15,320
                                                                                         --------   --------

OTHER ASSETS:
  Deposits and other .................................................................        533      1,007
  Goodwill and intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $2,905 and $1,505 at
     December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively ........................................      7,949      8,586
  Demonstration and customer service equipment, net of
     accumulated depreciation of $2,235 and $1,743 at December 31,
     1999 and 1998, respectively .....................................................      2,197      2,487
  Deferred debt issuance costs, net ..................................................      4,410         --
                                                                                         --------   --------
                                                                                           15,089     12,080
                                                                                         --------   --------
          Total assets ...............................................................   $312,385   $101,035
                                                                                         ========   ========
</TABLE>


         The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are
             an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets.



                                       50
<PAGE>   51

                ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       ----------------------
                                                                                          1999         1998
                                                                                       ---------    ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>          <C>
                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable trade ............................................................  $  14,481    $   5,675
  Accrued payroll and employee benefits .............................................      7,341        2,983
  Other accrued expenses ............................................................      2,207        2,074
  Customer deposits .................................................................        804           66
  Accrued income taxes payable ......................................................        886          567
  Capital lease obligations, current portion ........................................         89          111
  Notes payable, current portion ....................................................      2,058          100
  Accrued interest payable on convertible subordinated notes ........................        886           --
                                                                                       ---------    ---------
          Total current liabilities .................................................     28,752       11,576
                                                                                       ---------    ---------

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
  Capital lease obligations, net of current portion .................................         42          110
  Notes payable, net of current portion .............................................        116          216
  Convertible subordinated notes payable ............................................    135,000           --
                                                                                       ---------    ---------
                                                                                         135,158          326
                                                                                       ---------    ---------
          Total liabilities .........................................................    163,910       11,902
                                                                                       ---------    ---------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 13)

MINORITY INTEREST ...................................................................        128           --
                                                                                       ---------    ---------

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 1,000 shares
     authorized, none issued and outstanding ........................................         --           --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value, 40,000 and 30,000 shares authorized,
     respectively; 28,250 and 26,725 shares issued and outstanding, respectively ....         28           27
  Additional paid-in capital ........................................................    103,232       60,381
  Retained earnings .................................................................     45,977       29,139
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss ..............................................       (890)        (414)
                                                                                       ---------    ---------
          Total stockholders' equity ................................................    148,347       89,133
                                                                                       ---------    ---------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ................................  $ 312,385    $ 101,035
                                                                                       =========    =========
</TABLE>

       The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an
              integral part of these consolidated balance sheets.



                                       51
<PAGE>   52

                ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     -----------------------------------
                                                                       1999         1998         1997
                                                                     ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
SALES ............................................................   $ 183,958    $ 124,698    $ 175,758
COST OF SALES ....................................................     102,101       87,985      108,802
                                                                     ---------    ---------    ---------
  Gross profit ...................................................      81,857       36,713       66,956
                                                                     ---------    ---------    ---------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Research and development .......................................      26,517       23,849       19,336
  Sales and marketing ............................................      16,935       13,531       11,646
  General and administrative .....................................      13,064        9,483       10,480
  Restructuring charge ...........................................          --        1,000           --
  Merger costs ...................................................          --        2,742           --
  Storm (recoveries) damages .....................................          --       (1,117)       2,700
  Purchased in-process research and development ..................          --           --        3,080
                                                                     ---------    ---------    ---------
    Total operating expenses .....................................      56,516       49,488       47,242
                                                                     ---------    ---------    ---------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS ....................................      25,341      (12,775)      19,714
                                                                     ---------    ---------    ---------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest income ................................................       2,119        1,111          573
  Interest expense ...............................................      (1,206)        (191)        (481)
  Foreign currency gain ..........................................       1,504          369           97
  Other, net .....................................................        (674)        (931)        (380)
                                                                     ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                         1,743          358         (191)
                                                                     ---------    ---------    ---------
    Net income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest ..      27,084      (12,417)      19,523
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES .............................      10,177       (2,900)       7,467
MINORITY INTEREST IN NET INCOME ..................................          69           --           --
                                                                     ---------    ---------    ---------
NET INCOME (LOSS) ................................................   $  16,838    $  (9,517)   $  12,056
                                                                     =========    =========    =========
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE ..................................   $    0.62    $   (0.36)   $    0.47
                                                                     =========    =========    =========
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE ................................   $    0.59    $   (0.36)   $    0.46
                                                                     =========    =========    =========
BASIC WEIGHTED-AVERAGE COMMON SHARES
  OUTSTANDING ....................................................      27,161       26,572       25,523
                                                                     =========    =========    =========
DILUTED WEIGHTED-AVERAGE COMMON
  SHARES OUTSTANDING .............................................      28,389       26,572       26,302
                                                                     =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>

       The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an
                integral part of these consolidated statements.



                                       52
<PAGE>   53

                ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          ACCUMULATED
                                          COMMON STOCK   ADDITIONAL            STOCKHOLDERS'                 OTHER        TOTAL
                                         --------------   PAID-IN     RETAINED     NOTES     DEFERRED    COMPREHENSIVE STOCKHOLDERS'
                                         SHARES  AMOUNT   CAPITAL     EARNINGS  RECEIVABLE  COMPENSATION (LOSS)INCOME     EQUITY
                                         ------  ------   --------    --------  ----------  ------------ ------------- -------------
<S>                                      <C>       <C>    <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
BALANCES, December 31, 1996 .............25,253    $25    $ 29,564    $ 27,082    $(1,161)     $(82)         $ (500)     $  54,928
   Exercise of stock options for cash ...   135     --         268          --         --        --              --            268
   Exercise of stock options in
       exchange for stockholders' notes
       receivable .......................    90     --         470          --       (470)       --              --             --
   Proceeds from stockholders' notes
       receivable .......................    --     --          --          --      1,564        --              --          1,564
   Sale of common stock through
       employee stock purchase plan......     8     --         102          --         --        --              --            102
   Amortization of deferred
       compensation .....................    --     --          --          --         --        48              --             48
   Sale of common stock through
       public offering, net of
       approximately  $2,276 of
       expenses ......................... 1,000      1      28,723          --         --        --              --         28,724
   Tax benefit related to shares
       acquired by employees
       under stock compensation plans ...    --     --          29          --         --        --              --             29
   Comprehensive income:
   Equity adjustment from foreign
       currency translation .............    --     --          --          --         --        --            (192)            --
   Net income ...........................    --     --          --      12,056         --        --              --             --
    Total comprehensive income ..........    --     --          --          --         --        --              --         11,864
                                          ------   ---    --------    --------    -------      ----        ---------     ---------

BALANCES, December 31, 1997 .............26,486     26      59,156      39,138        (67)      (34)           (692)        97,527
   Exercise of stock options for cash ...   219      1         727          --         --        --              --            728
   Proceeds from stockholders' notes
       receivable .......................    --     --          --          --         67        --              --             67
   Sale of common stock through
       employee stock purchase plan .....    20     --         133          --         --        --              --            133
   Amortization of deferred
       compensation .....................    --     --          --          --         --        34              --             34
   Tax benefit related to shares
       acquired by employees
       under stock compensation plans ...    --     --         365          --         --        --              --            365
   Adjustment to conform year-end of
       merged entity ....................    --     --          --        (482)        --        --              --           (482)
   Comprehensive loss:
   Equity adjustment from foreign
       currency translation .............    --     --          --          --         --        --             278             --
   Net loss .............................    --     --          --      (9,517)        --        --              --             --
    Total comprehensive loss ............    --     --          --          --         --        --              --         (9,239)
                                         ------    ---    --------    --------    -------      ----        ---------     ---------

BALANCES, December 31, 1998 .............26,725     27      60,381      29,139         --        --            (414)        89,133
   Exercise of stock options for cash ...   490     --       4,148          --         --        --              --          4,148
   Sale of common stock through
       employee stock purchase plan .....    22     --         345          --         --        --              --            345
   Issuance of common stock for
       acquisition of LITMAS ............    13     --         385          --         --        --              --            385
   Tax benefit related to shares
       acquired by employees
       under stock compensation plans ...    --     --       1,422          --         --        --              --          1,422
   Sale of common stock through
       public offering, net of
       approximately $2,448 of
       expenses.......................... 1,000      1      36,551          --         --        --              --         36,552
   Equity adjustment from foreign
       currency translation .............    --     --          --          --         --        --            (476)            --
   Net income ...........................    --     --          --      16,838         --        --              --             --
    Total comprehensive loss ............    --     --          --          --         --        --              --         16,362
                                         ------    ---    --------    --------    -------      ----        ---------     ---------
BALANCES, December 31, 1999 .............28,250    $28    $103,232    $ 45,977    $    --      $ --        $   (890)     $ 148,347
                                         ======    ===    ========    ========    =======      ====        =========     =========
</TABLE>


       The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an
                integral part of these consolidated statements.



                                       53
<PAGE>   54
                ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            -----------------------------------
                                                                               1999         1998         1997
                                                                            ---------     --------     --------
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss) ....................................................    $  16,838     $ (9,517)    $ 12,056
  Adjustment for conforming year-end of merged entity ..................           --         (482)          --
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
    operating activities -
     Depreciation and amortization .....................................        7,683        6,544        4,838
     Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs ......................           81           --           --
     Minority interest .................................................           69           --           --
     Provision for deferred income taxes ...............................        1,032         (792)      (1,657)
     Amortization of deferred compensation .............................           --           34           48
     Purchased in-process research and development .....................           --           --        3,080
     (Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment .................          (15)         102        1,046
     Earnings from marketable securities, net ..........................       (1,724)        (765)        (174)
     Writedown of LITMAS investment ....................................          322          600           --
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities -
        Accounts receivable-trade, net .................................      (26,523)      19,343      (12,067)
        Related parties and other receivables ..........................       (1,306)       1,473         (502)
        Inventories ....................................................       (4,062)       9,795      (11,513)
        Other current assets ...........................................         (911)       1,764       (1,138)
        Deposits and other .............................................          291          (37)         777
        Demonstration and customer service equipment ...................         (426)      (1,016)        (641)
        Accounts payable trade .........................................        8,547       (9,436)      10,402
        Accrued payroll and employee benefits ..........................        4,358       (2,555)       2,613
        Customer deposits and other accrued expenses ...................        1,757         (591)         699
        Income taxes payable/receivable, net ...........................        4,093       (5,743)       1,040
                                                                            ---------     --------     --------
          Net cash provided by operating activities ....................       10,104        8,721        8,907
                                                                            ---------     --------     --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of marketable securities ....................................     (170,805)      (1,000)     (20,000)
  Sale of marketable securities ........................................        1,928        6,100           --
  Purchase of property and equipment, net ..............................       (6,841)      (5,292)      (7,494)
  Purchase of LITMAS, net of cash acquired .............................         (175)      (1,000)          --
  Acquisition of assets of Fourth State Technology, Inc. ...............           --       (2,500)          --
  Acquisition of Tower Electronics, Inc., net of cash acquired .........           --           --      (12,995)
                                                                            ---------     --------     --------
          Net cash used in investing activities ........................     (175,893)      (3,692)     (40,489)
                                                                            ---------     --------     --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from notes payable ..........................................        3,304        2,201       15,828
  Repayment of notes payable and capital lease obligations .............       (1,536)      (8,182)     (14,449)
  Proceeds from convertible debt, net ..................................      130,509           --           --
  Sale of common stock, net of expenses ................................       36,552           --       28,724
  Sale of common stock through employee stock purchase plan ............          345          133          102
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants .................        4,148          728          268
  Proceeds from stockholders' notes receivable .........................           --           67        1,564
                                                                            ---------     --------     --------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ...............      173,322       (5,053)      32,037
                                                                            ---------     --------     --------
EFFECT OF CURRENCY TRANSLATION ON CASH .................................         (476)         278         (192)
                                                                            ---------     --------     --------
INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ..................................        7,057          254          263
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period .........................       12,295       12,041       11,778
                                                                            ---------     --------     --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period ...............................    $  19,352     $ 12,295     $ 12,041
                                                                            =========     ========     ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING
  AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Tax benefit related to shares acquired by employees under stock
       option plans ....................................................    $   1,422     $    365     $     29
                                                                            =========     ========     ========
     Note payable assumed in Tower acquisition .........................    $      --     $     --     $  1,389
                                                                            =========     ========     ========
     Exercise of stock options in exchange for stockholders' notes
       receivable ......................................................    $      --     $     --     $    470
                                                                            =========     ========     ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for interest ...............................................    $     232     $    283     $    456
                                                                            =========     ========     ========
  Cash paid for income taxes, net ......................................    $   4,654     $  2,327     $  7,918
                                                                            =========     ========     ========
</TABLE>

       The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an
                integral part of these consolidated statements.



                                       54
<PAGE>   55
                ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) COMPANY OPERATIONS

Advanced Energy Industries, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in Colorado in
1981 and reincorporated in Delaware in 1995. The Company is primarily engaged in
the development and production of power conversion and control systems, which
are used by manufacturers of semiconductors and in industrial thin film
manufacturing processes. The Company owns 100% of each of the following
subsidiaries: Advanced Energy Japan K.K. ("AE-Japan"), Advanced Energy
Industries GmbH ("AE-Germany"), Advanced Energy Industries U.K. Limited
("AE-UK"), Advanced Energy Industries Korea, Inc. ("AE-Korea") and Advanced
Energy Taiwan, Ltd. ("AE-Taiwan"). The Company also owns 100% of Advanced Energy
Voorhees, Inc. ("AEV"), formerly RF Power Products, Inc. ("RFPP") and Tower
Electronics, Inc. ("Tower"), and 56.5% of LITMAS. AEV is a New Jersey-based
designer and manufacturer of radio frequency power systems, matching networks
and peripheral products primarily used by original equipment providers in the
semiconductor capital equipment, commercial coating, flat panel display and
analytical instrumentation markets. Tower is a Minnesota-based designer and
manufacturer of custom, high-performance switchmode power supplies used
principally in the telecommunications, medical and non-impact printing
industries. LITMAS is a start-up company that designs and manufactures plasma
gas abatement systems and high-density plasma sources.

The Company continues to be subject to certain risks similar to other companies
in its industry. These risks include significant fluctuations of quarterly
operating results, the volatility of the semiconductor and semiconductor capital
equipment industries, customer concentration within the markets the Company
serves, manufacturing facilities risks, recent and potential future
acquisitions, management of growth, supply constraints and dependencies,
dependence on design wins, barriers to obtaining new customers, the high level
of customized designs, rapid technological changes, competition, international
sales risks, the Asian financial markets, intellectual property rights,
governmental regulations, and the volatility of the market price of the
Company's common stock. A significant change in any of these risk factors could
have a material impact on the Company's business.

(2) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION -- The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- For cash flow purposes, the Company considers all
cash and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less
to be cash and cash equivalents.

INVENTORIES -- Inventories include costs of materials, direct labor and
manufacturing overhead. Inventories are valued at the lower of market or cost,
computed on a first-in, first-out basis.

MARKETABLE SECURITIES - TRADING -- The Company has investments in marketable
equity securities and municipal bonds, which have original maturities of 90 days
or more. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS")
No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," the
investments are classified as trading securities and reported at fair value with
unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.



                                       55
<PAGE>   56

DEMONSTRATION AND CUSTOMER SERVICE EQUIPMENT -- Demonstration and customer
service equipment are manufactured products utilized for sales demonstration and
evaluation purposes. The Company also utilizes this equipment in its customer
service function as replacement and loaner equipment to existing customers.

The Company depreciates the equipment based on its estimated useful life in the
sales and customer service functions. The depreciation is computed based on a
3-year life.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Property and equipment is stated at cost. Additions,
improvements, and major renewals are capitalized. Maintenance, repairs, and
minor renewals are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation is provided using straight-line and accelerated methods over three
to ten years for machinery and equipment. Amortization of leasehold improvements
and leased equipment is provided using the straight-line method over the life of
the lease term or the life of the assets, whichever is shorter.

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLES -- Goodwill and intangibles are recorded at the date of
acquisition at their allocated cost. Amortization is provided over the estimated
useful lives of approximately 7 years for both the goodwill and the intangible
assets.

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK -- The Company's revenues generally are
concentrated among a small number of customers, the majority of which are in the
semiconductor capital equipment industry. The Company's foreign subsidiaries
sales are primarily denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar (see
note 14). The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon
factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and
other information.

WARRANTY POLICY -- The Company estimates the anticipated costs of repairing
products under warranty based on the historical average cost of the repairs. The
Company offers warranty coverage for its systems for periods ranging from 12 to
24 months after shipment.

CUMULATIVE TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT -- The functional currency for the Company's
foreign operations is the applicable local currency.

The Company records a cumulative translation adjustment from translation of the
financial statements of AE-Japan, AE-Germany, AE-Korea, AE-UK and AE-Taiwan.
This equity account includes the results of translating balance sheet assets and
liabilities at current exchange rates as of the balance sheet date, and the
statements of operations and cash flows at the average exchange rates during the
respective year.

The Company recognizes gain or loss on foreign currency transactions, which are
not considered to be of a long-term investment nature. The Company recognized a
gain on foreign currency transactions of $1,504,000, $369,000 and $97,000 for
the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

REVENUE RECOGNITION -- The Company recognizes revenue when products are shipped.

INCOME TAXES -- The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS
No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." In accordance with SFAS No. 109,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences
between the tax basis and financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities,
computed at current tax rates. Also, the Company's deferred income tax assets
include certain future tax benefits. The Company records a valuation allowance
against any portion of those deferred income tax assets which it believes it
will more likely than not fail to realize.

EARNINGS PER SHARE -- Basic EPS is computed by dividing income available to
common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
during the period. The computation of diluted EPS is similar to the computation
of basic EPS except that the denominator is increased to include the number of
additional common shares that would have been outstanding (using the treasury
stock method)



                                       56
<PAGE>   57

if dilutive potential common shares had been issued. Basic and diluted EPS were
the same for fiscal 1998 as the Company incurred losses from operations,
therefore, making the effect of all potential common shares anti-dilutive.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) -- SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income,"
established rules for the reporting of comprehensive income (loss) and its
components. Comprehensive income (loss) for the Company consists of net income
(loss) and foreign currency translation adjustments and is presented in the
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity.

SEGMENT REPORTING -- SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise
and Related Information," requires a public business enterprise to report
financial and descriptive information about its reportable operating segments.
Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate
financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief
operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing
performance. Management operates and manages its business of supplying power
conversion and control systems as one operating segment, as their products have
similar economic characteristics and production processes.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS -- In June 1998 the FASB issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." The Company is
required to adopt SFAS No. 133, as amended by SFAS No. 137, in fiscal 2001. SFAS
No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
instruments and for hedging activity by requiring all derivatives to be recorded
on the balance sheet as either an asset or liability and measured at their fair
value. Changes in the derivative's fair value will be recognized currently in
earnings unless specific hedging accounting criteria are met. SFAS No. 133 also
establishes uniform hedge accounting criteria for all derivatives. The Company
does not believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will have a material impact
on the consolidated financial statements.

In December 1999 the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued its
Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 101, "Revenue Recognition." SAB No. 101
provides guidance on the measurement and timing of revenue recognition in
financial statements of public companies. Changes in accounting policies to
apply the guidance of SAB No. 101 must be adopted by recording the cumulative
effect of the change in the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2000. Management
does not believe that the adoption of SAB No. 101 will have a material effect on
the Company's financial position or results of operations.

ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS -- The preparation of the Company's consolidated
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires the Company's management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the amounts reported and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

ASSET IMPAIRMENTS -- The Company reviews its long-lived assets and certain
identifiable intangibles to be held and used by the Company for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying amount may
not be recoverable. In so doing, the Company estimates the future net cash flows
expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If
the sum of the expected future net cash flows (undiscounted and without interest
charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is
recognized to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value. Otherwise, an
impairment loss is not recognized. Long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles to be disposed of, if any, are reported at the lower of carrying
amount or fair value less cost to sell.


(3) ACQUISITIONS

LITMAS -- During 1998 the Company acquired a 29% ownership interest in LITMAS, a
privately held, North Carolina-based start-up company that designs and
manufactures plasma gas abatement systems and high-density plasma sources. The
purchase price consisted of $1 million in cash. On October 1, 1999, the



                                       57
<PAGE>   58

Company acquired an additional 27.5% interest in LITMAS for an additional
$560,000. The purchase price consisted of $385,000 in the Company's common stock
and $175,000 in cash. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase
method of accounting and resulted in $523,000 allocated to intangible assets as
goodwill. The results of operations of LITMAS are included within the
accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date the controlling
interest of 56.5% was acquired.

AEV -- On October 8, 1998, AEV (formerly RF Power Products, Inc.), a New
Jersey-based designer and manufacturer of radio frequency power systems,
matching networks and peripheral products primarily for original equipment
providers in the semiconductor capital equipment, commercial coating, flat panel
display and analytical instrumentation markets, was merged with a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company. The Company issued approximately 4 million shares of
its common stock to the former shareholders of AEV. Each share of AEV common
stock was exchanged for 0.3286 of one share of the Company's common stock. In
addition, outstanding AEV stock options were converted at the same exchange
factor into options to purchase approximately 148,000 shares of the Company's
common stock.

The merger constituted a tax-free reorganization and has been accounted for as a
pooling of interests under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16.
Accordingly, all prior period consolidated financial statements presented have
been restated to include the combined balance sheet, statements of operations
and cash flows of AEV as though it had always been part of the Company. AEV's
year-end was November 30, and therefore, the combined statements of operations
and cash flows for fiscal 1997 include AEV's results for the year ended November
30, 1997.

AEV's operating results for the month of December 1998 are not reflected in the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations. This is due to changing AEV's
year-end from November 30 to December 31 to conform to the Company's year-end.
AEV's month of December 1998 operating results were revenues of approximately
$723,000 and a net loss of $482,000, which has been charged directly to retained
earnings in order to report only twelve months' operating results. In connection
with the merger, the Company recorded in the fourth quarter of 1998 a charge to
operating expenses of $2,742,000 for direct merger-related costs.

There were no transactions between the Company and AEV prior to the combination,
and immaterial adjustments were recorded to conform AEV's accounting policies.
Certain reclassifications were made to conform the AEV financial statements to
the Company's presentations. The results of operations for the separate
companies and combined amounts presented in the consolidated financial
statements follow:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                     ------------------------
                                                         1998         1997
                                                      ---------     --------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>
Sales:
  Pre-merger
    Advanced Energy ..............................    $  86,289     $141,923
    AEV ..........................................       18,436       33,835
  Post-merger ....................................       19,973           --
                                                      ---------     --------
     Consolidated ................................    $ 124,698     $175,758
                                                      =========     ========

Net (loss) income:
  Pre-merger
    Advanced Energy ..............................    $  (2,748)    $ 10,362
    AEV ..........................................       (3,859)       1,694
  Post-merger ....................................         (168)          --
  Merger cost ....................................       (2,742)          --
                                                      ---------     --------
     Consolidated ................................    $  (9,517)    $ 12,056
                                                      =========     ========
</TABLE>

FST -- Effective September 3, 1998, the Company acquired substantially all of
the assets of Fourth State Technology, Inc. ("FST"), a privately held,
Texas-based designer and manufacturer of process controls used to monitor and
analyze data in the RF process. The purchase price consisted of $2.5 million in
cash, assumption of a $113,000 liability, and an earn-out provision which is
based on profits over a twelve-



                                       58
<PAGE>   59

quarter period beginning October 1, 1998. Approximately $2.6 million of the
initial purchase price was allocated to intangible assets. During the fourth
quarter of 1999, the Company accrued $240,000 to intangible assets as a result
of the earn-out provision being met during the fifth quarter period. The results
of operations of FST are included within the accompanying consolidated financial
statements from the date of acquisition.

TOWER -- Effective August 15, 1997, the Company acquired all of the outstanding
stock of Tower, a Minnesota-based designer and manufacturer of custom,
high-performance switchmode power supplies used principally in the
telecommunications, medical and non-impact printing industries. The purchase
price consisted of $14.5 million in cash and a $1.5 million non-interest-bearing
promissory note to the seller (the "Note"), which was paid in full during August
1998. Total consideration, including the effect of imputing interest on the
Note, equaled $15,889,000. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase
method of accounting and resulted in a one-time charge of $3,080,000 for
in-process research and development costs acquired as a result of the
transaction. Acquisition costs totaled approximately $209,000.

The purchase price was allocated to the net assets of Tower as summarized below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               (In thousands)
<S>                                                               <C>
     Cash and cash equivalents                                    $  1,714
     Accounts receivable                                             2,555
     Inventories                                                     2,691
     Deferred tax asset                                                 57
     Fixed assets                                                      280
     Goodwill                                                        7,490
     Purchased in-process research and development                   3,080
     Other assets                                                       39
     Accounts payable                                               (1,292)
     Accrued liabilities                                              (516)
                                                                  --------
                                                                  $ 16,098
                                                                  ========
</TABLE>

The purchase agreement included a contingent purchase price based on Tower
exceeding a certain sales level in 1998. No additional purchase price was
recorded during 1998 as the sales level was not achieved.

The results of operations of Tower are included within the accompanying
consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

(4) PUBLIC OFFERING OF COMMON STOCK

In October 1997 the Company closed on an offering of its common stock. In
connection with the offering, 1,000,000 shares of common shares were sold at a
price of $31 per share, providing gross proceeds of $31,000,000, less $2,276,000
in offering costs.

In November 1999 the Company closed on an additional offering of its common
stock. In connection with the offering, 1,000,000 shares of common shares were
sold at a price of $39 per share, providing gross proceeds of $39,000,000, less
$2,448,000 in offering costs.



                                       59
<PAGE>   60

(5) MARKETABLE SECURITIES - TRADING

MARKETABLE SECURITIES - TRADING are reported at their fair value and consisted
of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                      -------------------
                                                        1999       1998
                                                      --------    -------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>
Commercial paper .................................    $118,894    $12,290
Municipal bonds and notes ........................      67,453      2,815
Mutual funds .....................................          93        734
                                                      --------    -------
                                                      $186,440    $15,839
                                                      ========    =======
</TABLE>

These marketable securities have original costs of $185,069,000 and $14,900,000
as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

(6) ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE - TRADE

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE - TRADE consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                      --------------------
                                                        1999        1998
                                                      --------     -------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
Domestic .........................................    $ 19,269     $ 8,295
Foreign ..........................................      22,792       7,128
Allowance for doubtful accounts ..................        (537)       (582)
                                                      --------     -------
                                                      $ 41,524     $14,841
                                                      ========     =======
</TABLE>


(7) INVENTORIES

INVENTORIES consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                      -------------------
                                                        1999       1998
                                                      --------    -------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>
Parts and raw materials ..........................    $ 17,029    $13,212
Work in process ..................................       2,523      1,934
Finished goods ...................................       5,922      6,266
                                                      --------    -------
                                                      $ 25,474    $21,412
                                                      ========    =======
</TABLE>

(8) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                      --------------------
                                                        1999        1998
                                                      --------     -------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
 Machinery and equipment .........................    $ 17,734     $14,680
 Computers and communication equipment ...........       8,731       7,306
 Furniture and fixtures ..........................       3,548       3,591
 Vehicles ........................................         136         155
 Leasehold improvements ..........................       4,516       3,904
                                                      --------     -------
                                                        34,665      29,636
 Less - accumulated depreciation .................     (17,990)    (14,316)
                                                      --------     -------
                                                      $ 16,675     $15,320
                                                      ========     =======
</TABLE>



                                       60
<PAGE>   61

(9) NOTES PAYABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     -----------------
                                                                                      1999       1998
                                                                                     -------     -----
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                  <C>         <C>
Revolving line of credit of $30,000,000, expiring December 7, 2000, interest
  at bank's prime rate minus 1.25% or the LIBOR 360-day rate plus 150 basis
  points, (average 2.06848% during 1999, 2.02857% at December 31, 1999)
  This line includes $20,000,000 available for general use, with an option
  to convert up to $10,000,000 to a three-year term loan; additional
  advances up to $5,000,000 each for Optional Currency Rate Advances and
  Foreign Exchange Contracts. Borrowing base consists of the sum of 80% of
  eligible accounts receivable plus the lesser of 20% of eligible inventory
  or $5,000,000. Loan covenants provide certain financial restrictions
  related to working capital, leverage, net worth, payment and declaration
  of dividends and profitability ................................................    $ 1,958     $  --

Note payable to the New Jersey Economic Development Authority, with
  interest at 5%, principal and interest due monthly, matures January 2002
  and secured by machinery and equipment ........................................        216       316
                                                                                     -------     -----
                                                                                       2,174       316
Less -- current portion .........................................................     (2,058)     (100)
                                                                                     -------     -----
                                                                                     $   116     $ 216
                                                                                     =======     =====
</TABLE>

(10) CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES PAYABLE

In November 1999 the Company issued $135 million of convertible subordinated
notes payable at 5.25%. These notes mature November 15, 2006, with interest
payable on May 15th and November 15th each year beginning May 15, 2000. Net
proceeds to the Company were approximately $130.5 million, after deducting $4.5
million of offering costs which have been capitalized and are being amortized
over a period of 7 years. The notes may be converted, by the holder at any time,
into shares of the Company's common stock at $49.53 per share, and are
convertible by the Company on or after November 19, 2002 at conversion prices
ranging from $100.75 to $103.00 per common share. At December 31, 1999, $886,000
of interest expense was accrued as a current liability.


(11) INCOME TAXES

For the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, the provision for income
taxes consists of an amount for taxes currently payable and a provision for tax
effects deferred to future periods. In 1997 the Company increased its statutory
U.S. tax rate from 34% to 35%.

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1999,
1998 and 1997 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       DECEMBER 31,
                             --------------------------------
                               1999        1998        1997
                             --------     -------     -------
                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                          <C>          <C>         <C>
Federal .................    $  6,645     $(3,307)    $ 5,964
State and local .........       1,254        (475)      1,432
Foreign taxes ...........       2,278         882          71
                             --------     -------     -------
                             $ 10,177     $(2,900)    $ 7,467
                             ========     =======     =======
Current .................    $  9,145     $(2,108)    $ 9,124
Deferred ................       1,032        (792)     (1,657)
                             --------     -------     -------
                             $ 10,177     $(2,900)    $ 7,467
                             ========     =======     =======
</TABLE>



                                       61
<PAGE>   62

The following reconciles the Company's effective tax rate to the federal
statutory rate for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     --------------------------------
                                                                        1999        1998        1997
                                                                     --------     -------     -------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>         <C>
Income tax expense (benefit) per federal statutory rate .........    $  9,479     $(4,346)    $ 6,808
State income taxes, net of federal deduction ....................         815        (309)        830
Foreign sales corporation .......................................        (331)         --        (209)
Nondeductible merger costs ......................................        (228)        960          --
Nondeductible goodwill amortization .............................         353         353         132
Nondeductible purchased in-process research and development .....          --          --       1,078
Other permanent items, net ......................................         (94)       (191)        (22)
Effect of foreign taxes .........................................       1,000          80         275
Foreign operating loss with no benefit provided .................          --         610          --
Change in valuation allowance ...................................        (717)        107        (530)
Tax credits .....................................................        (100)       (164)       (511)
Other ...........................................................          --          --        (384)
                                                                     --------     -------     -------
                                                                     $ 10,177     $(2,900)    $ 7,467
                                                                     ========     =======     =======
</TABLE>

The Company's deferred income taxes assets are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1999      CHANGE       DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                             -----------------      ------       -----------------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>               <C>
Employee bonuses .......................................          $   --          $   (67)          $    67
Warranty reserve .......................................             512              103               409
Bad debt reserve .......................................             196               (9)              205
Vacation accrual .......................................             488              211               277
Obsolete and excess inventory ..........................             740             (515)            1,255
Foreign operating loss carryforwards ...................              --           (1,253)            1,253
Research and development credit carryforwards ..........              --             (324)              324
Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards ...........              --             (276)              276
Investment in LITMAS ...................................             343              112               231
Depreciation and amortization ..........................             428              256               172
Other ..................................................             373               13               360
Less: Valuation allowance on foreign operating loss
  carryforwards ........................................              --              717              (717)
                                                                  ------          -------           -------
                                                                  $3,080          $(1,032)          $ 4,112
                                                                  ======          =======           =======
</TABLE>

The domestic versus foreign component of the Company's net income (loss) before
income taxes at December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          DECEMBER 31,
                              -----------------------------------
                                1999          1998         1997
                              --------      --------      -------
                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                           <C>           <C>           <C>
Domestic ................     $ 21,385      $(12,891)     $18,594
Foreign .................        5,699           474          929
                              --------      --------      -------
                              $ 27,084      $(12,417)     $19,523
                              ========      ========      =======
</TABLE>

(12) RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan which covers all full-time
employees who have completed six months of full-time continuous service and are
age eighteen or older. Participants may defer up to 20% of their gross pay up to
a maximum limit determined by law. Participants are immediately vested in their
contributions.

The Company may make discretionary contributions based on corporate financial
results for the fiscal year. Effective January 1, 1998, the Company increased
its matching contribution for participants in the 401(k) Plan up to a 50%
matching on contributions by employees up to 6% of the employee's compensation.
The Company's total contributions to the plan were approximately $831,000,
$746,000 and $620,000 for the



                                       62
<PAGE>   63

years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Vesting in the
profit sharing contribution account is based on years of service, with a
participant fully vested after five years of credited service.

(13) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

CAPITAL LEASES

The Company finances a portion of its property and equipment under capital lease
obligations at interest rates ranging from 7.63% to 8.96%. The future minimum
lease payments under capitalized lease obligations as of December 31, 1999 are
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>
      2000........................................................       $  89
      2001........................................................          52
                                                                         -----
              Total minimum lease payments........................         141
              Less -- amount representing interest................         (10)
              Less -- current portion.............................         (89)
                                                                         -----
                                                                         $  42
                                                                         =====
</TABLE>

OPERATING LEASES

The Company has various operating leases for automobiles, equipment, and office
and production space (Note 15). Lease expense under operating leases was
approximately $4,628,000, $4,556,000 and $2,976,000 for the years ended December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

The future minimum rental payments required under noncancelable operating leases
as of December 31, 1999 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                  <C>
      2000........................................................       $ 4,554
      2001........................................................         3,486
      2002........................................................         2,903
      2003........................................................         2,512
      2004........................................................         2,200
      Thereafter..................................................         8,274
                                                                         -------
                                                                         $23,929
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>

GUARANTEE

Subsequent to year-end, the Company extended a guarantee for a $2,500,000 bank
term loan through March 31, 2000, entered into by a non-public entity that
serves as a supplier to the Company. An officer of the Company serves as a
director of such entity. The Company has received warrants to purchase shares of
the supplier for providing this guarantee. No value has currently been assigned
to these warrants.



                                       63
<PAGE>   64

(14) FOREIGN OPERATIONS

The Company operates in a single operating segment with operations in the U.S.,
Asia and Europe. The following is a summary of the Company's foreign operations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 ---------------------------------------
                                                                   1999           1998            1997
                                                                 ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>            <C>
Sales:
  Originating in Japan to unaffiliated customers ...........     $  16,270      $   6,300      $  11,431
  Originating in Europe to unaffiliated customers ..........        12,724          8,489          7,487
  Originating in U.S. and sold to foreign customers ........        22,767         20,457         21,885
  Originating in U.S. and sold to domestic customers .......       130,762         89,452        134,955
  Originating in South Korea to unaffiliated customers .....         1,435             --             --
  Transfers between geographic areas .......................        24,053         10,304         14,523
  Intercompany eliminations ................................       (24,053)       (10,304)       (14,523)
                                                                 ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                                 $ 183,958      $ 124,698      $ 175,758
                                                                 =========      =========      =========
Income (loss) from operations:
  Japan ....................................................     $   1,758      $  (1,505)     $     (73)
  Europe ...................................................         2,379          1,722          1,488
  U.S ......................................................        21,405        (12,971)        18,602
  South Korea ..............................................           188           (186)            --
  Intercompany eliminations ................................          (389)           165           (303)
                                                                 ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                                 $  25,341      $ (12,775)     $  19,714
                                                                 =========      =========      =========

Identifiable assets:
  Japan ....................................................     $  13,967      $   6,039
  Europe ...................................................        11,950          5,073
  U.S ......................................................       332,383        120,675
  South Korea ..............................................         1,393            610
  Intercompany eliminations ................................       (47,308)       (31,362)
                                                                 ---------      ---------
                                                                 $ 312,385      $ 101,035
                                                                 =========      =========
</TABLE>

Intercompany sales among the Company's geographic areas are recorded on the
basis of intercompany prices established by the Company.

(15) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company leases office and production spaces from a limited liability
partnership consisting of certain officers of the Company and other individuals.
The leases relating to these spaces expire in 2009 and 2011 with monthly
payments of approximately $52,000 and $58,000, respectively.

The Company also leases other office and production space from another limited
liability partnership consisting of certain officers of the Company and other
individuals. The lease relating to this space expires in 2002 with a monthly
payment of approximately $28,000.

Approximately $1,693,000, $1,359,000 and $1,320,000 was charged to rent expense
attributable to these leases for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997, respectively.

The Company leases, for business purposes, a condominium owned by a partnership
of certain stockholders. The Company paid the partnership approximately $36,000
for each of the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, relating to this
lease.

In prior years, certain stockholders of the Company exercised options to
purchase shares of the Company's common stock in exchange for notes receivable
in the amount of the exercise price. These notes receivable and accrued interest
have been paid in full.



                                       64
<PAGE>   65

(16) MAJOR CUSTOMERS

The Company's sales to major customers (purchases in excess of 10% of total
sales) are to entities which are primarily manufacturers of semiconductor
capital equipment and disk storage equipment and, for the years ended December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                 --------------------
                                 1999    1998    1997
                                 ----    ----    ----
<S>                                <C>     <C>     <C>
Customer A ...................     32 %    23%     31%
Customer B ...................      7%      7%     11%
Customer C ...................      7%     10%      5%
                                 ----    ----    ----
                                   46%     40%     47%
                                 ====    ====    ====
</TABLE>

(17) FORWARD CONTRACTS

AE-Japan enters into foreign currency forward contracts to buy U.S. dollars to
hedge its payable position arising from trade purchases and intercompany
transactions with its parent. Foreign currency forward contracts reduce the
Company's exposure to the risk that the eventual net cash outflows resulting
from the purchase of products denominated in other currencies will be adversely
affected by changes in exchange rates. Foreign currency forward contracts are
entered into with a major commercial Japanese bank that has a high credit rating
and the Company does not expect the counterparty to fail to meet its obligations
under outstanding contracts. Foreign currency gains and losses under the above
arrangements are not deferred. The Company generally enters into foreign
currency forward contracts with maturities ranging from 1 to 4 months, with
contracts outstanding at December 31, 1999, maturing through April 2000. At
December 31, 1999, the Company held foreign forward exchange contracts with
nominal amounts of $4,500,000 and market settlement amounts of $4,498,000 for an
unrealized gain position of $2,000.

(18) STOCK PLANS

EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN -- During 1993 the Company adopted an Employee Stock
Option Plan (the "Employee Option Plan") which was amended and restated in
September 1995, February 1998 and February 1999. The Employee Option Plan allows
issuance of incentive stock options, non-qualified options, and stock purchase
rights. The exercise price of incentive stock options shall not be less than
100% of the stock's fair market value on the date of grant. The exercise price
of non-qualified stock options shall not be less than 50% of the stock's fair
market value on the date of grant. Options issued in 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
issued at 100% of fair market value with typical vesting over three to five
years. Under the Employee Option Plan, the Company has the discretion to
accelerate the vesting period. The options are exercisable for ten years from
the date of grant. The Company has reserved 5,625,000 shares of common stock for
the issuance of stock under the Employee Option Plan, which terminates in June
2003.

In connection with the grant of certain stock options on June 30, 1995, the
Company recorded $142,000 of deferred compensation for the difference between
the deemed fair value for accounting purposes and the option price as determined
by the Company at the date of grant. This amount is presented as a reduction of
stockholders' equity and has been amortized over the 3-year vesting period of
the related stock options.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN -- In September 1995 stockholders approved an
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan") covering an aggregate
of 200,000 shares of common stock. Employees are eligible to participate in the
Stock Purchase Plan if employed by the Company for at least 20 hours per week
during at least five months per calendar year. Participating employees may have
up to 15% (subject to a 5% limitation set by the Company) of their earnings or a
maximum of $1,250 per six month period withheld pursuant to the Stock Purchase
Plan. Common stock purchased under the Stock Purchase Plan will be equal to 85%
of the lower of the fair market value on the commencement date of each offering
period or the relevant purchase date. During 1999, 1998 and 1997, employees
purchased an aggregate of



                                       65
<PAGE>   66

22,390, 20,264 and 8,186 shares under the Stock Purchase Plan, respectively.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN -- In September 1995 the Company
adopted the 1995 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the "Directors Plan")
covering 50,000 shares of common stock. In February 1999 the plan was amended to
increase the number of shares of common stock issuable under such plan to
100,000 shares of common stock. The Directors Plan provides for automatic grants
of non-qualified stock options to directors of the Company who are not employees
of the Company ("Outside Directors"). Pursuant to the Directors Plan, upon
becoming a director of the Company, each Outside Director will be granted an
option to purchase 7,500 shares of common stock. Such options will be
immediately exercisable as to 2,500 shares of common stock, and will vest as to
2,500 shares of common stock on each of the second and third anniversaries of
the grant date. On each anniversary of the date on which a person became an
Outside Director, an option for an additional 2,500 shares is granted. Such
additional options vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Options
will expire ten years after the grant date, and the exercise price of the
options will be equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the grant
date. The Directors Plan terminates September 2005.

The following summarizes the activity relating to options for the years ended
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999                      1998                    1997
                                                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE PRICES)

                                                              Weighted-Average       Weighted-Average          Weighted-Average
                                                                 Exercise                 Exercise                  Exercise
                                                     Shares        Price       Shares      Price      Shares         Price
                                                     ------        -----       ------      -----      ------         -----
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Stock options:
  Incentive stock options --
     Options outstanding at beginning
       of period ............................         1,987       $  9.01      1,475      $  7.02      1,017        $  3.57
     Granted ................................           377         31.69        937        10.23        731          11.60
     Exercised ..............................          (487)         8.44       (219)        3.35       (225)          3.25
     Terminated .............................           (67)        10.44       (206)        6.35        (48)          4.96
                                                     ------                   ------                  ------
     Options outstanding at end of period ...         1,810         13.82      1,987         9.01      1,475           7.02
                                                     ======                   ======                  ======
     Options exercisable at end of period ...           801          9.10        651         6.89        489           4.35
                                                     ======                   ======                  ======
Weighted-average fair value of
       options granted during the period ....     $   19.26                   $ 6.71                  $ 7.41
                                                  =========                   ======                  ======
     Price range of outstanding options .....     $0.67-$44.97            $0.67-$31.63            $0.67-$31.63
                                                  ============            ============            ============
     Price range of options terminated ......     $3.88-$28.16            $0.83-$12.75            $ 3.40-$9.00
                                                  ============            ============            ============
Non-employee directors stock options--
     Options outstanding at beginning
       of period ............................            45       $ 12.18         25      $ 14.67         20        $  9.82
    Granted .................................            18         32.94         20         7.55         17          16.64
    Exercised ...............................            (3)        11.05        --          --           (2)          7.13
    Terminated ..............................            --         --           --          --          (10)          9.82
                                                     ------                   ------                  ------
    Options outstanding at end of period ....            60         18.34         45        11.61         25          14.67
                                                     ======                   ======                  ======
    Options exercisable at end of period ....            22         17.27         15        11.40          8          14.62
                                                     ======                   ======                  ======
Weighted-average fair value of options
     granted during the period ..............     $   20.11                   $ 4.93                 $ 11.43
                                                  =========                   ======                 =======
    Price range of outstanding options ......   $6.13- $36.94              $8.63-$29.88            $8.63-$31.63
                                                =============              ============            ============
    Price range of options terminated .......     $   --                      $  --                $6.13-$11.05
                                                  ======                      =====                ============
</TABLE>

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123"), defines a fair value based method of accounting
for employee stock options or similar equity instruments. However, SFAS No. 123
allows the continued measurement of compensation cost for such plans using the
intrinsic value based method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB No. 25"), provided that pro forma disclosures
are made of net income or loss and net income or loss per share, assuming the
fair value based method of SFAS No. 123 had been applied. The Company has
elected to account for stock-based compensation plans under APB No. 25, under
which no compensation expense is recognized.



                                       66
<PAGE>   67

For SFAS No. 123 purposes, the fair value of each option grant is estimated on
the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the
following weighted-average assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1999           1998          1997
                                                                 ----           ----          ----
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>           <C>
                  Risk-free interest rates                        5.92%        5.06%         6.17%
                  Expected dividend yield rates                    0.0%         0.0%          0.0%
                  Expected lives                                4 years      4 years       4 years
                  Expected volatility                            77.33%       87.48%       101.16%
</TABLE>

The total fair value of options granted was computed to be approximately
$7,605,000, $6,056,000 and $4,912,000 for the years ended December 31, 1999,
1998 and 1997, respectively. These amounts are amortized ratably over the
vesting period of the options. Cumulative compensation cost recognized in pro
forma net income or loss with respect to options that are forfeited prior to
vesting is adjusted as a reduction of pro forma compensation expense in the
period of forfeiture. Pro forma stock-based compensation, net of the effect of
forfeitures and tax, was approximately $2,999,000, $2,033,000 and $906,000 for
1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Had compensation cost for these plans been determined consistent with SFAS No.
123, the Company's net income would have been reduced to the following pro forma
amounts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1999           1998          1997
                                                ------------------------------------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                           PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>           <C>
    Net Income (Loss):
       As reported                              $16,838      $  (9,517)    $ 12,056
       Pro forma                                 13,839        (11,550)      11,150
    Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share:
       As reported                              $  0.59      $   (0.36)    $   0.46
       Pro forma                                   0.49          (0.43)        0.42
</TABLE>

Because the SFAS No. 123 method of accounting has not been applied to options
granted prior to January 1, 1995, the resulting pro forma compensation cost may
not be representative of that to be expected in future years.

The following table summarizes information about the stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Options Outstanding          Options Exercisable
                                                   --------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                    Weighted-
                                                     Average       Weighted-                    Weighted-
                                                    Remaining      Average                      Average
      Year           Range of         Number       Contractual     Exercise       Number        Exercise
    Granted      Exercise Prices    Outstanding       Life         Price       Exercisable      Price
- -----------     -----------------   -----------    -----------     ---------   -----------    --------------
<S>             <C>                   <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
1993 - 1994     $ 0.67  to $ 8.76      43,000       4.0 years      $ 2.69        43,000       $  2.69
       1995     $ 2.57  to $11.05      40,000       5.0 years      $ 6.42        39,000       $  6.42
       1996     $ 3.88  to $11.05     176,000       6.6 years      $ 4.97       165,000       $  4.99
       1997     $ 7.13  to $31.63     468,000       6.9 years      $11.46       320,000       $ 11.16
       1998     $ 6.75  to $17.32     756,000       8.5 years      $10.03       241,000       $ 10.27
       1999     $26.63  to $44.97     387,000       9.3 years      $31.80        15,000       $ 33.06
                                    ---------       ---------      ------       -------       -------
                                    1,870,000       7.9 years      $14.15       823,000       $  9.39
                                    =========       =========      ======       =======       =======
</TABLE>



                                       67
<PAGE>   68


                ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             BALANCE AT
                                            BEGINNING OF  ADDITIONS CHARGED               BALANCE AT
                                               PERIOD        TO EXPENSE     DEDUCTIONS   END OF PERIOD
                                               ------        ----------     ----------   -------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                          <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>
   Year ended December 31, 1997:
     Inventory obsolescence reserve....      $ 2,077        $ 4,526          $ 3,322      $ 3,281
     Allowance for doubtful accounts...          382            263               58          587
                                             -------        -------          -------      -------
                                             $ 2,459        $ 4,789          $ 3,380      $ 3,868
                                             =======        =======          =======      =======
   Year ended December 31, 1998:
     Inventory obsolescence reserve....      $ 3,281        $ 6,712          $ 7,367      $ 2,626
     Allowance for doubtful accounts...          587             77               82          582
                                             -------        -------          -------      -------
                                             $ 3,868        $ 6,789          $ 7,449      $ 3,208
                                             =======        =======          =======      =======
   Year ended December 31, 1999:
     Inventory obsolescence reserve....      $ 2,626        $ 4,867          $ 5,576      $ 1,917
     Allowance for doubtful accounts...          582             39               84          537
                                             -------        -------          -------      -------
                                             $ 3,208        $ 4,906          $ 5,660      $ 2,454
                                             =======        =======          =======      =======
</TABLE>

ITEM 9.  DISAGREEMENTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

    Not applicable.



                                       68
<PAGE>   69


PART III

    In accordance with General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the information
required by this Part III is incorporated by reference to the Advanced Energy's
definitive proxy statement relating to its 2000 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
(the "Proxy Statement"), as set forth below. The Proxy Statement will be filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of
1999.

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

    The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the captions
"Proposal 1/ Election of Directors--Nominees" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance" and in Part I of this Form 10-K under the
caption "Executive Officers of the Company" is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the caption
"Executive Compensation" is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

    The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the caption "Common
Stock Ownership by Management and Other Stockholders" is incorporated herein by
reference.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

    The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the caption "Certain
Transactions with Management" is incorporated herein by reference.



                                       69
<PAGE>   70

PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 page
                                                                                                 ----
<S>                                                                                              <C>
(a)  (i) Financial Statements:
           Reports of Independent Public Accountants                                             48
           Consolidated Financial Statements:
              Balance Sheets at December 31, 1999 and 1998                                       50
              Statement of Operations for each of the three years
                 in the period ended December 31, 1999                                           52
              Statement of Stockholders' Equity for each of the
                 three years in the period ended December 31, 1999                               53
              Statement of Cash Flows for each of the three years
                 in the period ended December 31, 1999                                           54
           Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                            55
     (ii) Financial Statement Schedules for each of the three years
            in the period ended December 31, 1999
         Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                                          68
    (iii)Exhibits:
</TABLE>

        2.1     Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of June 1, 1998,
                by and among the Company, Warpspeed, Inc., a wholly owned
                subsidiary of the Company, and RF Power Products, Inc.(1)

        3.1     The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as
                amended(2)

        3.2     The Company's By-laws(3)

        4.1     Form of Specimen Certificate for the Company's Common Stock(3)

        4.2     Indenture dated November 1, 1999 between State Street Bank and
                Trust Company of California, N.A., as trustee, and the Company
                (including form of 5 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Note due
                2006)

        4.3     The Company hereby agrees to furnish to the SEC, upon request, a
                copy of the instruments which define the rights of holders of
                long-term debt of the Company. None of such instruments not
                included as exhibits herein represents long-term debt in excess
                of 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Company.

        10.1    Comprehensive Supplier Agreement, dated May 18, 1998, between
                Applied Materials Inc. and the Company(1)+

        10.2    Purchase Order and Sales Agreement, dated October 12, 1999,
                between Lam Research Corporation and the Company

        10.3    Purchase Agreement, dated November 1, 1995, between Eaton
                Corporation and the Company(4)+

        10.4    Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 15, 1997, among
                Silicon Valley Bank, Bank of Hawaii and the Company(5)

        10.5    Loan Agreement dated December 8, 1997, by and among Silicon
                Valley Bank, as Servicing Agent and a Bank, and Bank of Hawaii,
                as a Bank, and the Company, as borrower(6)

        10.6    Lease, dated June 12, 1984, amended June 11, 1992, between
                Prospect Park East Partnership and the Company for property in
                Fort Collins, Colorado(3)

        10.7    Lease, dated March 14, 1994, as amended, between Sharp Point
                Properties, L.L.C., and the Company for property in Fort
                Collins, Colorado(3)



                                       70
<PAGE>   71

        10.8    Lease, dated May 19, 1995, between Sharp Point Properties,
                L.L.C. and the Company for a building in Fort Collins,
                Colorado(3)

        10.9    Lease agreement, dated March 18, 1996, and amendments dated June
                21, 1996 and August 30, 1996, between RF Power Products, Inc.,
                and Laurel Oak Road, L.L.C. for property in Voorhees, New
                Jersey(7)

        10.10   Form of Indemnification Agreement(3)

        10.11   Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 1998, between RF Power
                Products, Inc., and Joseph Stach(8)

        10.12   1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated(8)*

        10.13   1995 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan(8)*

        10.14   License Agreement, dated May 13, 1992 between RF Power Products
                and Plasma-Therm, Inc.(9)

        10.15   Lease Agreement dated March 18, 1996 and amendments dated June
                21, 1996 and August 30, 1996 between RF Power Products, Inc. and
                Laurel Oak Road, L.L.C. for office, manufacturing and warehouse
                space at 1007 Laurel Oak Road, Voorhees, New Jersey(7)

        10.16   Direct Loan Agreement dated December 20, 1996 between RF Power
                Products, Inc. and the New Jersey Economic Development
                Authority(7)

        10.17   Lease, dated April 15, 1998, between Cross Park Investors, Ltd.,
                and the Company for property in Austin, Texas(1)

        10.18   Lease, dated April 15, 1998, between Cameron Technology
                Investors, Ltd., and the Company for property in Austin,
                Texas(1)

        21.1    Subsidiaries of the Company

        23.1    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Accountants

        23.2    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Accountants

        24.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature pages to this
                Annual Report on Form 10-K)

        27.1    Financial Data Schedule for the year ended December 31, 1999

 (b)   The Company filed a report on Form 8-K on November 8, 1999. The report
       contains the Company's press release, dated October 11, 1999, announcing
       the Company's financial results for the third fiscal quarter of 1999 and
       nine-month period ended September 30, 1999.

- ---------------

        (1)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's quarterly Report on
                Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998 (File No.
                0-26966), filed August 7, 1998.

        (2)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's quarterly Report on
                Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999 (File No.
                0-26966), filed July 28, 1999.

        (3)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration
                Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-97188), filed September 20,
                1995, as amended.

        (4)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 0-26966),
                filed March 28, 1996, as amended.



                                       71
<PAGE>   72


        (5)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration
                Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-34039), filed August 21,
                1997, as amended.

        (6)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (File No. 0-26966),
                filed March 24, 1998.

        (7)     Incorporated by reference to RF Power Products' Annual Report on
                Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996 (File No.
                0-20229), filed February 25, 1997.

        (8)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 0-26966),
                filed March 24, 1999.

        (9)     Incorporated by reference to RF Power Products' Registration
                Statement on Form 10 (File No. 0-020229), filed May 19, 1992 as
                amended.



         *        Compensation Plan

         +        Confidential treatment has been granted for portions of this
                  agreement.



                                       72
<PAGE>   73


    SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                        ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        (Registrant)


                                        /s/ Douglas S. Schatz
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Douglas S. Schatz
                                        Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
                                        of the Board

    Each person whose signature appears below hereby appoints Douglas S. Schatz
and Richard P. Beck, and each of them severally, acting alone and without the
other, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact with authority to execute in the
name of each such person, and to file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, together with any exhibits thereto and other documents therewith,
any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K necessary or advisable
to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and
Exchange Commission in respect thereof, which amendments may make such other
changes in the Annual Report on Form 10-K as the aforesaid attorney-in-fact
deems appropriate.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Signatures                                       Title                                   Date
<S>                                                  <C>                                     <C>
    /s/ Douglas S. Schatz                            Chief Executive Officer and             March 20, 2000
    ---------------------------------                Chairman of the Board
    Douglas S. Schatz                                (Principal Executive Officer)

    /s/ Hollis L. Caswell                            President, Chief Operating Officer      March 20, 2000
    ---------------------------------                and Director
    Hollis L. Caswell

    /s/ Richard P. Beck                              Senior Vice President, Chief Financial  March 20, 2000
    ---------------------------------                Officer, Assistant Secretary and
    Richard P. Beck                                  Director (Principal Financial Officer
                                                     and Principal Accounting Officer)

    /s/ G. Brent Backman                             Director                                March 20, 2000
    ---------------------------------
    G. Brent Backman

    /s/ Elwood Spedden                               Director                                March 20, 2000
    ---------------------------------
    Elwood Spedden

    /s/ Arthur A. Noeth                              Director                                March 20, 2000
    ---------------------------------
    Arthur A. Noeth

    /s/ Gerald Starek                                Director                                March 20, 2000
    ---------------------------------
    Gerald Starek

    /s/ Arthur W. Zafiropoulo                        Director                                March 20, 2000
    ---------------------------------
    Arthur W. Zafiropoulo
</TABLE>



                                       73
<PAGE>   74

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


        2.1     Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of June 1, 1998,
                by and among the Company, Warpspeed, Inc., a wholly owned
                subsidiary of the Company, and RF Power Products, Inc.(1)

        3.1     The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as
                amended(2)

        3.2     The Company's By-laws(3)

        4.1     Form of Specimen Certificate for the Company's Common Stock(3)

        4.2     Indenture dated November 1, 1999 between State Street Bank and
                Trust Company of California, N.A., as trustee, and the Company
                (including form of 5 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Note due
                2006)

        4.3     The Company hereby agrees to furnish to the SEC, upon request, a
                copy of the instruments which define the rights of holders of
                long-term debt of the Company. None of such instruments not
                included as exhibits herein represents long-term debt in excess
                of 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Company.

        10.1    Comprehensive Supplier Agreement, dated May 18, 1998, between
                Applied Materials Inc. and the Company(1)+

        10.2    Purchase Order and Sales Agreement, dated October 12, 1999,
                between Lam Research Corporation and the Company

        10.3    Purchase Agreement, dated November 1, 1995, between Eaton
                Corporation and the Company(4)+

        10.4    Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 15, 1997, among
                Silicon Valley Bank, Bank of Hawaii and the Company(5)

        10.5    Loan Agreement dated December 8, 1997, by and among Silicon
                Valley Bank, as Servicing Agent and a Bank, and Bank of Hawaii,
                as a Bank, and the Company, as borrower(6)

        10.6    Lease, dated June 12, 1984, amended June 11, 1992, between
                Prospect Park East Partnership and the Company for property in
                Fort Collins, Colorado(3)

        10.7    Lease, dated March 14, 1994, as amended, between Sharp Point
                Properties, L.L.C., and the Company for property in Fort
                Collins, Colorado(3)

        10.8    Lease, dated May 19, 1995, between Sharp Point Properties,
                L.L.C. and the Company for a building in Fort Collins,
                Colorado(3)

        10.9    Lease agreement, dated March 18, 1996, and amendments dated June
                21, 1996 and August 30, 1996, between RF Power Products, Inc.,
                and Laurel Oak Road, L.L.C. for property in Voorhees, New
                Jersey(7)

        10.10   Form of Indemnification Agreement(3)

        10.11   Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 1998, between RF Power
                Products, Inc., and Joseph Stach(8)

        10.12   1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated(8)*

        10.13   1995 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan(8)*

        10.14   License Agreement, dated May 13, 1992 between RF Power Products
                and Plasma-Therm, Inc.(9)



                                       74

<PAGE>   75


        10.15   Lease Agreement dated March, 1996 and amendments dated June 21,
                1996 and August 30, 1996 between RF Power Products, Inc. and
                Laurel Oak Road, L.L.C. for office, manufacturing and warehouse
                space at 1007 Laurel Oak Road, Voorhees, New Jersey(7)

        10.16   Direct Loan Agreement dated December 20, 1996, between RF Power
                Products, Inc. and the New Jersey Economic Development
                Authority(7)

        10.17   Lease, dated April 15, 1998, between Cross Park Investors, Ltd.,
                and the Company for property in Austin, Texas(1)

        10.18   Lease, dated April 15, 1998, between Cameron Technology
                Investors, Ltd., and the Company for property in Austin,
                Texas(1)

        21.1    Subsidiaries of the Company

        23.1    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Accountants

        23.2    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Accountants

        24.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature pages to this
                Annual Report on Form 10-K)

        27.1    Financial Data Schedule for the year ended December 31, 1999

 ---------------

        (1)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's quarterly Report on
                Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998 (File No.
                0-26966), filed August 7, 1998.

        (2)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's quarterly Report on
                Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999 (File No.
                0-26966), filed July 28, 1999.

        (3)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration
                Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-97188), filed September 20,
                1995, as amended.

        (4)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 0-26966),
                filed March 28, 1996, as amended.

        (5)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration
                Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-34039), filed August 21,
                1997, as amended.

        (6)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (File No. 0-26966),
                filed March 24, 1998.

        (7)     Incorporated by reference to RF Power Products' Annual Report on
                Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996 (File No.
                0-20229), filed February 25, 1997.

        (8)     Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 0-26966),
                filed March 24, 1999.

        (9)     Incorporated by reference to RF Power Products' Registration
                Statement on Form 10 (File No. 0-020229), filed May 19, 1992 as
                amended.


         *        Compensation Plan

         +        Confidential treatment has been granted for portions of this
                  agreement.




                                       75

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2








                        ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                       and

             STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.

                                   AS TRUSTEE

                               ------------------

                                    INDENTURE

                          DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 1999

                         -------------------------------

                 5 1/4% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2006

                        --------------------------------


<PAGE>   2




         Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the "Trust
Indenture Act") and this Indenture, dated as of November 1, 1999.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Trust Indenture Action Section                                         Indenture Section
<S>                                                                    <C>
Section 310(a)(1)                                                             6.7
         (a)(2)                                                               6.7
          (b)                                                                 6.7, 6.8
Section 311(a)                                                                6.13
          (b)                                                                 6.13
Section 312(a)                                                                7.4
          (b)                                                                 7.5
          (c)                                                                 7.1
Section 313(a)                                                                7.2
          (b)                                                                 7.2
          (c)                                                                 1.6, 7.2
          (d)                                                                 7.2
Section 314(a)                                                                7.3
          (a)(4)                                                              10.7
          (c)(1)                                                              1.2
          (c)(2)                                                              1.2
          (c)(3)                                                              13.3
          (e)                                                                 1.2
Section 315(a)                                                                6.2
          (b)                                                                 6.1
          (c)                                                                 6.2
          (d)                                                                 6.2
          (e)                                                                 5.15
Section 316(a) (last sentence)                                                1.1 ("Outstanding")
          (a)(1)(A)                                                           5.2, 5.12
          (a)(1)(B)                                                           5.13
          (b)                                                                 5.8
          (c)                                                                 1.4
Section 317(a)(1)                                                             5.3
          (a)(2)                                                              5.4
          (b)                                                                 10.3
Section 318(a)                                                                1.14
          (c)                                                                 1.14
</TABLE>

- ----------------------


NOTE: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a
part of this Indenture. Attention should also be directed to Section 318(c) of
the Trust Indenture Act, which provides that the provisions of Sections 310 to
and including 317 of the Trust Indenture Act are a part of and govern every
qualified indenture, whether or not physically contained therein.


<PAGE>   3



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
<S>      <C>
RECITALS.......................................................................1

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION..............1
      SECTION 1.1   Definitions................................................1
      Act......................................................................2
      Affiliate................................................................2
      Aggregate Cash Distribution Amount.......................................2
      Authenticating Agent.....................................................2
      Authorized Newspaper.....................................................2
      Board of Directors.......................................................2
      Board Resolution.........................................................2
      Business Day.............................................................2
      Capital Stock............................................................2
      Change in Control........................................................3
      Closing Price Per Share..................................................3
      Commission...............................................................3
      Common Stock.............................................................3
      Company..................................................................3
      Company Notice...........................................................3
      Company Request and Company Order........................................3
      Constituent Person.......................................................3
      Conversion Agent.........................................................3
      Conversion Price.........................................................3
      Conversion Rate..........................................................3
      Corporate Trust Office...................................................4
      Corporation..............................................................4
      Debt.....................................................................4
      Defaulted Interest.......................................................4
      Designated Senior Debt...................................................4
      DTC......................................................................5
      Dollar or $ .............................................................5
      Event of Default.........................................................5
      Excess Amount............................................................5
      Exchange Act.............................................................5
      Expiration Time..........................................................5
      GAAP.....................................................................5
      Global Security..........................................................5
      Government Obligations...................................................5
      Holder...................................................................6
      Indenture................................................................6
      Interest Payment Date....................................................6
</TABLE>


                                       i
<PAGE>   4

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>

      Maturity.................................................................6
      Notes....................................................................6
      Notice of Default........................................................6
      Officers' Certificate....................................................6
      Opinion of Counsel.......................................................6
      Outstanding..............................................................6
      Paying Agent.............................................................7
      Payment Blockage Notice..................................................7
      Person...................................................................7
      Place of Conversion......................................................7
      Place of Payment.........................................................7
      Predecessor Security.....................................................7
      Purchased Shares.........................................................8
      Purchasers...............................................................8
      Record Date..............................................................8
      Redemption Date..........................................................8
      Redemption Price.........................................................8
      Regular Record Date......................................................8
      Representative...........................................................8
      Repurchase Date..........................................................8
      Repurchase Price.........................................................8
      Responsible Officer......................................................8
      RF Power.................................................................8
      Secured Debt.............................................................8
      Securities Act...........................................................9
      Security.................................................................9
      Security Register and Security Registrar.................................9
      Senior Debt..............................................................9
      Significant Subsidiary..................................................10
      Special Record Date.....................................................10
      Stated Maturity.........................................................10
      Subsidiary..............................................................10
      Third Party Expiration Time.............................................10
      Third Party Purchased Shares............................................10
      Trading Day.............................................................10
      Triggering Event........................................................10
      Trust Indenture Act.....................................................10
      Trustee.................................................................10
      United States...........................................................11
      SECTION 1.2  Compliance Certificates and Opinions.......................11
      SECTION 1.3  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.....................11
      SECTION 1.4  Acts of Holders; Record Dates..............................12
      SECTION 1.5  Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company......................13
      SECTION 1.6  Notice to Holders; Waiver..................................14
      SECTION 1.7  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents...................14
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>   5



<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                    <C>
      SECTION 1.8   Successors and Assigns....................................14
      SECTION 1.9   Separability Clause.......................................14
      SECTION 1.10  Benefits of Indenture.....................................14
      SECTION 1.11  No Personal Liability.....................................15
      SECTION 1.12  Governing Law.............................................15
      SECTION 1.13  Legal Holidays............................................15
      SECTION 1.14  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.........................15
      SECTION 1.15  Counterparts..............................................16

ARTICLE II SECURITIES FORM....................................................16
      SECTION 2.1   Designation of Securities; Form Generally.................16
      SECTION 2.2   Form of Security..........................................17
      SECTION 2.3   Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication...........25
      SECTION 2.4   Form of Election of Holder to Require Repurchase..........26
      SECTION 2.5   Form of Conversion Notice.................................26
      SECTION 2.6   Form of Assignment........................................27
      SECTION 2.7   Securities Issuable in Global Form........................28

ARTICLE III THE SECURITIES....................................................29
      SECTION 3.1   Title and Terms...........................................29
      SECTION 3.2   Denominations.............................................29
      SECTION 3.3   Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating............30
      SECTION 3.4   Global Securities.........................................30
      SECTION 3.5   Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.......31
      SECTION 3.6   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities..........33
      SECTION 3.7   Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved............33
      SECTION 3.8   Persons Deemed Owners.....................................35
      SECTION 3.9   Cancellation..............................................36
      SECTION 3.10  Computation of Interest...................................36
      SECTION 3.11  CUSIP Numbers.............................................36

ARTICLE IV SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE.........................................37
      SECTION 4.1   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture...................37
      SECTION 4.2   Application of Trust Funds................................38

ARTICLE V REMEDIES............................................................38
      SECTION 5.1   Events of Default.........................................38
      SECTION 5.2   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment........40
      SECTION 5.3   Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
                       Trustee................................................41
      SECTION 5.4   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim..........................41
      SECTION 5.5   Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of
                      Securities..............................................42
      SECTION 5.6   Application of Money Collected............................43
      SECTION 5.7   Limitation on Suits.......................................43
      SECTION 5.8   Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal
                      (Premium, if any) and Interest..........................44
</TABLE>


                                     iii
<PAGE>   6


<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                    <C>
      SECTION 5.9   Restoration of Rights and Remedies........................44
      SECTION 5.10  Rights and Remedies Cumulative............................44
      SECTION 5.11  Delay or Omission Not Waiver..............................44
      SECTION 5.12  Control by Holders of Securities..........................45
      SECTION 5.13  Waiver of Past Defaults...................................45
      SECTION 5.14  Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws...................45
      SECTION 5.15  Undertaking for Costs.....................................46
      SECTION 5.16  Notice of Default or Event of Default.....................46

ARTICLE VI THE TRUSTEE........................................................46
      SECTION 6.1   Notice of Defaults........................................46
      SECTION 6.2   Certain Duties and Responsibilities.......................47
      SECTION 6.3   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities....48
      SECTION 6.4   May Hold Securities.......................................48
      SECTION 6.5   Money Held in Trust.......................................48
      SECTION 6.6   Compensation and Reimbursement............................48
      SECTION 6.7   Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility...................49
      SECTION 6.8   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.........50
      SECTION 6.9   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor....................51
      SECTION 6.10  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to
                      Business................................................52
      SECTION 6.11  Appointment of Authenticating Agent.......................52
      SECTION 6.12  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.........54
      SECTION 6.13  Disqualification; Conflicting Interests...................54
      SECTION 6.14  Certain Rights of Trustee.................................54

ARTICLE VII HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.................55
      SECTION 7.1   The Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses
                      of Holders..............................................55
      SECTION 7.2   Reports by Trustee........................................55
      SECTION 7.3   Reports by Company........................................56
      SECTION 7.4   Preservation Of Information; Communications to Holders....56

ARTICLE VIII CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, LEASE OR CONVEYANCE.................56
       SECTION 8.1  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms......56
       SECTION 8.2  Successor Substituted.....................................57

ARTICLE IX SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES............................................57
       SECTION 9.1  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders........57
       SECTION 9.2  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders...........58
       SECTION 9.3  Execution of Supplemental Indentures......................60
       SECTION 9.4  Effect of Supplemental Indentures.........................60
       SECTION 9.5  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.......................60
       SECTION 9.6  Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures........60
       SECTION 9.7  Notice of Supplemental Indentures.........................60

ARTICLE X COVENANTS...........................................................61
</TABLE>

                                       iv
<PAGE>   7



<TABLE>
         <S>                                                                 <C>
       SECTION 10.1  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest...............61
       SECTION 10.2  Maintenance of Office or Agency..........................61
       SECTION 10.3  Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust........62
       SECTION 10.4  Existence................................................63
       SECTION 10.5  Maintenance of Properties................................63
       SECTION 10.6  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims........................63
       SECTION 10.7  Statement as to Compliance...............................64
       SECTION 10.8  Waiver of Certain Covenants..............................64
       SECTION 10.9  Statement by Officers as to Default......................64

ARTICLE XI REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES...........................................64
       SECTION 11.1  Right of Redemption......................................64
       SECTION 11.2  Applicability of Article.................................65
       SECTION 11.3  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee....................65
       SECTION 11.4  Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed........65
       SECTION 11.5  Notice of Redemption.....................................65
       SECTION 11.6  Deposit of Redemption Price..............................66
       SECTION 11.7  Securities Payable on Redemption Date....................66
       SECTION 11.8  Securities Redeemed in Part..............................67
       SECTION 11.9  Conversion Arrangement on Call For Redemption............67

ARTICLE XII REPURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS UPON
            THE CHANGE OF CONTROL.............................................68
       SECTION 12.1  Right to Require Repurchase..............................68
       SECTION 12.2  Conditions to The Company's Election to Pay the
                        Repurchase Price in Common Stock......................69
       SECTION 12.3  Notices; Method of Exercising Repurchase Right, Etc......69
       SECTION 12.4  Certain Definitions......................................72
       SECTION 12.5  Consolidation, Merger, Etc...............................74

ARTICLE XIII  SUBORDINATION...................................................74
       SECTION 13.1  Agreement to Subordinate.................................74
       SECTION 13.2  Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.....................74
       SECTION 13.3  No Payment in Certain Circumstances, Payment over
                        of Proceeds upon Dissolution, Etc.....................75
       SECTION 13.4  Prior Payment of Senior Debt Upon Acceleration of
                        Securities............................................76
       SECTION 13.5  When Distribution Must Be Paid Over......................76
       SECTION 13.6  Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of
                        Liquidating Agent.....................................76
       SECTION 13.7  Subrogation..............................................77
       SECTION 13.8  Relative Rights..........................................77
       SECTION 13.9  Subordination May Not Be Impaired By Company.............78
       SECTION 13.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative.................78
       SECTION 13.11 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.......................78
       SECTION 13.12 Notice to Trustee........................................78
       SECTION 13.13 Payment Permitted If No Default..........................79
</TABLE>


                                       v
<PAGE>   8


<TABLE>
       <S>                                                                   <C>
       SECTION 13.14  Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.....................79
       SECTION 13.15  Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination
                        Provisions............................................80
       SECTION 13.16  Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt;
                        Preservation of Trustee's Rights......................80
       SECTION 13.17  Article Applicable to Paying Agents.....................80
       SECTION 13.18  Determination of Certain Conversions and Repurchases
                        as Payments...........................................80

ARTICLE XIV CONVERSION OF SECURITIES..........................................81
       SECTION 14.1   Conversion Privilege And Conversion Rate................81
       SECTION 14.2   Exercise Of Conversion Privilege........................81
       SECTION 14.3   Fractions Of Shares.....................................82
       SECTION 14.4   Adjustment Of Conversion Rate...........................83
       SECTION 14.5   Notice Of Adjustments Of Conversion Rate................90
       SECTION 14.6   Notice Of Certain Corporate Action......................90
       SECTION 14.7   Company To Reserve Common Stock.........................91
       SECTION 14.8   Taxes On Conversions....................................91
       SECTION 14.9   Covenant As To Common Stock.............................91
       SECTION 14.10  Cancellation Of Converted Securities....................92
       SECTION 14.11  Provisions In Case Of Consolidation, Merger Or Sale
                        Of Assets.............................................92
       SECTION 14.12  Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions.....93

ARTICLE XV  MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES.................................93
       SECTION 15.1   Purposes For Which Meetings May Be Called...............93
       SECTION 15.2   Call, Notice And Place Of Meetings......................93
       SECTION 15.3   Persons Entitled To Vote At Meetings....................94
       SECTION 15.4   Quorum; Action..........................................94
       SECTION 15.5   Determination Of Voting Rights; Conduct And Adjournment
                        Of Meetings...........................................95
       SECTION 15.6   Counting Votes And Recording Action Of Meetings.........96
</TABLE>


                                       vi
<PAGE>   9



         This Indenture (this "Indenture") is dated as of November 1, 1999, by
and between Advanced Energy Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), having its principal office at 1625 Sharp Point Drive, Fort Collins,
Colorado 80525, and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., a
national banking association, as Trustee hereunder (the "Trustee"), having its
Corporate Trust Office (as defined below) at 633 West 5th Street, 12th Floor,
Los Angeles, California 90071.

                                    RECITALS

         The Company deems it necessary and advisable to issue a series of debt
securities designated as the 5 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the
"Securities") evidencing its unsecured subordinated indebtedness, and has duly
authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the
issuance of the Securities.

         This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended, that are deemed to be incorporated into this Indenture and
shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

          All things necessary to make the Securities, when executed by the
Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the
Company, the valid obligation of the Company, and to make this Indenture a valid
agreement of the Company, in accordance with their and its terms, have been
done.

         NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

         For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the
Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the
equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

             DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 1.1 Definitions.

         For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly
provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

         (1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to
them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular;

         (2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust
Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings
assigned to them therein;


                                       1
<PAGE>   10



         (3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings
assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

         (4) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of
similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
Article, Section or other subdivision;

         "Act," when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified
in Section 1.4.

         "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.

         "Aggregate Cash Distribution Amount" has the meaning specified in
Section 14.4(5).

         "Authenticating Agent" means any Person authorized by the Trustee
pursuant to Section 6.11 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate
Securities.

         "Authorized Newspaper" means a newspaper, printed in the English
language or in an official language of the place of publication, customarily
published on each day that is a Business Day in the place of publication,
whether or not published on days that are not Business Days in the place of
publication, and of general circulation in each place in connection with which
the term is used or in the financial community of each such place. Whenever
successive publications are required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the
successive publications may be made in the same or in different Authorized
Newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and in each case
on any day that is a Business Day in the place of publication.

         "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company or any
committee of that board duly authorized to act hereunder, as the case may be.

         "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution of the Company,
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been
duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the
date of such certification, which is delivered to the Trustee.

         "Business Day" when used with respect to any Place of Payment, Place of
Conversion or any other location referred to in this Indenture or in the
Securities, means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
banking institutions in that Place of Payment, Place of Conversion or location
are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

         "Capital Stock" means with respect to any Person, any and all
shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated,
whether voting or non-voting) in equity


                                       2
<PAGE>   11



of such Person, whether now outstanding or issued after the Closing Date,
including, without limitation, all common stock and preferred stock.

         "Change in Control" has the meaning specified in Section 12.4.

         "Closing Price Per Share" has the meaning specified in Section 12.4.

         "Commission" means the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act,
or, if at any time after execution of this Indenture such Commission is not
existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture
Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.

         "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share,
of the Company authorized at the date of this instrument as originally executed.
Subject to the provisions of Section 14.11, shares issuable on conversion or
repurchase of Securities shall include only shares of Common Stock or shares of
any class or classes of common stock resulting from any reclassification or
reclassifications thereof; provided, however, that if at any time there shall be
more than one such resulting class, the shares so issuable on conversion of
Securities shall include shares of all such classes, and the shares of each such
class then so issuable shall be substantially in the proportion which the total
number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears
to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such
reclassifications.

         "Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first
paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Company shall have become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter
"Company" shall mean such successor Company.

         "Company Notice" has the meaning specified in Section 12.3.

         "Company Request" and "Company Order" mean, respectively, a written
request or order signed in the name of and on behalf of the Company by its
Chairman of the Board, its President or a Vice President, and by its Chief
Financial Officer, its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Company, and which is delivered to the Trustee.

         "Constituent Person" has the meaning specified in Section 14.11.

         "Conversion Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to
convert Securities in accordance with Article XIV. The Company has initially
appointed the Trustee as its Conversion Agent pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof.

         "Conversion Price" shall equal $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate
(rounded to the nearest cent).

         "Conversion Rate" has the meaning specified in Section 14.1.


                                       3
<PAGE>   12



         "Corporate Trust Office" means the corporate trust office of the
Trustee at which, at any particular time, the trust created by this Indenture
shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 633 West
5th Street, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071, attention: Corporate
Trust Department (Advanced Energy Industries, Inc.), except that for purposes of
Section 10.2 and all other references to a Corporate Trust Office in the Borough
of Manhattan, City of New York, such term shall mean the office or agency of the
Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, which office at the
date hereof is located at State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., 61
Broadway, New York, New York 10006, attention: Corporate Trust Department
(Advanced Energy Industries, Inc.)

         "Corporation" includes corporations, limited liability companies,
partnerships, joint stock companies, associations, companies and business and
real estate investment trusts.

         "Debt" of the Company or any Subsidiary means any indebtedness of the
Company or any Subsidiary, whether or not contingent, in respect of (i) borrowed
money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments, (ii)
indebtedness secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, encumbrance or any
security interest existing on property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary,
(iii) letters of credit or amounts representing the balance deferred and unpaid
of the purchase price of any property except any such balance that constitutes
an accrued expense or trade payable or (iv) any lease of property by the Company
or any Subsidiary as lessee which is reflected on the Company's consolidated
balance sheet as a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP, in the case of
items of indebtedness under (i) through (iii) above to the extent that any such
items (other than letters of credit) would appear as a liability on the
Company's consolidated balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and also includes,
to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by the Company or any
Subsidiary to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise
(other than for purposes of collection in the ordinary course of business),
indebtedness of another person (other than the Company or any Subsidiary) and
all renewals, extensions, refundings, deferrals, restructurings, amendments and
modifications of any such indebtedness, obligation or guarantee (it being
understood that "Debt" shall be deemed to be incurred by the Company and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis whenever the Company and its Subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis shall create, assume, guarantee or otherwise become
liable in respect thereof); Debt of a Subsidiary of the Company existing prior
to the time it became a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to be incurred
upon such Subsidiary's becoming a Subsidiary of the Company; and Debt of a
Person existing prior to a merger or consolidation of such Person with the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in which such Person is the successor
of the Company or such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred upon the
consummation of such merger or consolidation; provided, however, that the term
"Debt" shall not include any indebtedness that has been the subject of an "in
substance" defeasance in accordance with GAAP.

         "Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 3.7.

         "Designated Senior Debt" means the Company's obligations under that
certain Loan and Security Agreement dated December 8, 1997, as now in effect and
as the same may be amended from time to time, by and among the Company as
Borrower, Silicon Valley Bank, as Servicing


                                       4
<PAGE>   13



Agent and a Bank, and Bank of Hawaii, as a Bank (such capitalized terms being
understood to have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement), and
any particular Senior Debt in which the instrument creating or evidencing the
same or the assumption or guarantee thereof (or related agreements or documents
to which the Company is a party) expressly provides that such indebtedness shall
be "Designated Senior Debt" for purposes of the Indenture (provided that such
instrument, agreement or other document may place limitations and conditions on
the right of such Senior Debt to exercise the rights of Designated Senior Debt),
in each case, including any amendments, replacements, supplements or other
modifications thereto, or any refinancings or extensions thereof, in whole or in
part.

         "DTC" means The Depository Trust Company for so long as it shall be a
clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, or such successor as the
Company shall designate from time to time in an Officers' Certificate delivered
to the Trustee.

         "Dollar" or "$" means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin
or currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender
for the payment of public and private debts.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.

         "Excess Amount" has the meaning specified in Section 14.4(5).

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any
successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time, and the
rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

         "Expiration Time" has the meaning specified in Section 14.4(6).

         "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect
from time to time, as used in the United States applied on a consistent basis;
provided that, solely for purposes of any calculation required or permitted
hereunder, "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as used in
the United States on the date hereof, applied on a consistent basis.

         "Global Security" means a Security that is registered in the Security
Register in the name of DTC or a nominee thereof or a substitute depositary or a
nominee of such substitute depositary.

         "Government Obligations" means securities which are (i) direct
obligations of the United States of America, for the payment of which its full
faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or
supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and
credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are
not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also
include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with
respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific


                                       5
<PAGE>   14



payment of interest on or principal of any such Government Obligation held by
such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided
that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any
deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from
any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or
the specific payment of interest on or principal of the Government Obligation
evidenced by such depository receipt.

         "Holder" means the Person in whose name such Security is registered in
the Security Register.

         "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or as it may
from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures
supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof,
including, for all purposes of this instrument and any supplemental indenture,
the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and
govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively.

         "Interest Payment Date" means the Stated Maturity of an installment of
interest on the Securities.

          "Maturity" when used with respect to any Security, means the date on
which the principal of (and premium, if any, on) such Security or an installment
of principal or premium becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided,
whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of
redemption or repurchase, repurchase or otherwise, and includes the Redemption
Date.

         "Notes" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

         "Notice of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.

         "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of
the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company or an Executive Vice President and by the
Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
the Company, and which is delivered to the Trustee.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be
counsel for the Company and who shall be acceptable to the Trustee.

         "Outstanding" when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the
date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered
under this Indenture, except:

                  (i) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the
Security Registrar or delivered to the Trustee or Security Registrar for
cancellation;

                  (ii) Securities for whose payment, redemption or repurchase
money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or
any Paying Agent (other


                                       6
<PAGE>   15



than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company
(if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such
Securities, provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such
redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor
satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

                  (iii) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 3.6
or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated
and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in
respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof
satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in
whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite
principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, and for the
purpose of making the calculations required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313,
Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any
Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and
deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee
shall be protected in making such determination or calculation or in relying
upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or
waiver, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually
knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have
been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee
establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act
with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any
other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such
other obligor.

         "Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the
principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities on behalf of
the Company.

         "Payment Blockage Notice" has the meaning specified in Section 13.3.

         "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, real estate investment trust or government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

         "Place of Conversion" has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.

         "Place of Payment" means the place or places where the principal of
(and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities are payable as specified as
contemplated by Sections 3.1 and 10.2. Such term shall include the Company if it
shall act as its own Paying Agent.

         "Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous
Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security
authenticated and delivered under Section 3.6 in


                                       7
<PAGE>   16



exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall
be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Security.

         "Purchased Shares" has the meaning specified in Section 14.4(6).

         "Purchasers" has the meaning specified in Section 11.9.

         "Record Date" means any Regular Record Date on Special Record Date.

         "Redemption Date" when used with respect to any Security to be
redeemed, in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or
pursuant to this Indenture.

         "Redemption Price" when used with respect to any Security to be
redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this
Indenture.

         "Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on any Interest Payment
Date on the Securities means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated
by Section 3.1, whether or not a Business Day.

         "Representative" means the (a) indenture trustee or other trustee,
agent or representative for any Senior Debt or (b) with respect to any Senior
Debt that does not have any such trustee, agent or other representative, (i) in
the case of such Senior Debt issued pursuant to an agreement providing for
voting arrangements as among the holders or owners of such Senior Debt, any
holder or owner of such Senior Debt acting with the consent of the required
persons necessary to bind such holders or owners of such Senior Debt and (ii) in
the case of all other such Senior Debt, the holder or owner of such Senior Debt.

         "Repurchase Date" when used with respect to any Security to be
repurchased at the option of the Holder, means the date fixed for such
repurchase specified in Section 12.1.

          "Repurchase Price" when used with respect to any Security to be
repurchased at the option of the Holder, means the price at which it is to be
repurchased specified in Section 12.1.

          "Responsible Officer" when used with respect to the Trustee,
means any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or any other
officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those
performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect
to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is
referred because of such officer's knowledge and familiarity with the particular
subject.

         "RF Power" means RF Power Products, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, or
any other subsidiary of the Company who is the successor in interest to the
assets of RF Power Products, Inc.

         "Secured Debt" means, without duplication, Debt that is secured by a
mortgage, trust deed, deed of trust, deed to secure Debt, security agreement,
pledge, conditional sale or other title


                                       8
<PAGE>   17



retention agreement, capitalized lease, or other like agreement granting or
conveying security title to or a security interest in real property or other
tangible assets.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933 and any successor
statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time, and the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder.

         "Security" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this
Indenture and, more particularly, means any Security or Securities authenticated
and delivered under this Indenture.

         "Security Register" and "Security Registrar" have the respective
meanings specified in Section 3.5.

         "Senior Debt" means the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest
(including all interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of any
bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition
interest is allowable as a claim in such proceeding) on, and all fees and other
amounts payable in connection with, the following, whether absolute or
contingent secured or unsecured, due or to become due, whether outstanding at
the date of execution of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, created or
assumed: (a) indebtedness of the Company evidenced by a credit or loan
agreement, note, bond, debenture or other written obligation, (b) all
obligations of the Company for money borrowed, (c) all obligations of the
Company evidenced by a note or similar instrument given in connection with the
acquisition of any businesses, properties or assets of any kind, (d) obligations
of the Company (i) as lessee under leases required to be capitalized on the
balance sheet of the lessee under GAAP and (ii) as lessee under other leases for
facilities, capital equipment or related assets, whether or not capitalized,
entered into or leased for financing purposes, (e) all obligations of the
Company under interest rate and currency swaps, caps, floors, collars, hedge
agreements, forward contracts or similar agreements or arrangements, (f) all
obligations of the Company with respect to letters of credit, bankers'
acceptances and similar facilities (including reimbursement obligations with
respect to the foregoing), (g) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed
as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade
accounts payable and accrued liabilities), (h) all obligations of the type
referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above of another Person, the payment of
which, in either case, the Company has assumed or guaranteed, or for which the
Company is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, jointly or severally,
as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, or which is secured by a lien on the
property of the Company, and (i) renewals, extensions, modifications,
replacements, restatements and refundings of, or any indebtedness or obligation
issued in exchange for, any such indebtedness or obligation described in clauses
(a) through (h) of this paragraph; provided, however, that Senior Debt shall not
include the Securities or any such indebtedness or obligation if the terms of
such indebtedness or obligation (or the terms of the instrument under which, or
pursuant to which it is issued) expressly provide that such indebtedness or
obligation is not superior in right of payment to the Securities.


                                       9
<PAGE>   18



         "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary which is a "significant
subsidiary" (as defined in Article I, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated
under the Securities Act) of the Company.

         "Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the
Securities means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.7.

         "Stated Maturity" when used with respect to any Security or any
installment of principal thereof, premium thereon or interest thereon, means the
date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such
Security or such installment of principal, premium or interest is due and
payable.

         "Subsidiary" means (a) a corporation at least a majority of the
outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the
Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries of the Company or (b) a Person
(other than a corporation) in which the Company or one or more other
Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, has at least a majority equity ownership.
For the purposes of this definition, "voting stock" means stock having voting
power for the election of directors, or persons performing similar functions,
whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting
power by reason of any contingency.

         "Third Party Expiration Time" has the meaning specified in Section
14.4(8).

         "Third Party Purchased Shares" has the meaning specified in Section
14.4(8).

         "Trading Day" means (i) if the Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq
National Market or any other system of automated dissemination of quotations of
securities prices, days on which trades may be effected through such system,
(ii) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading on any national or
regional securities exchange, days on which such national or regional securities
exchange is open for business, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a
national or regional securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market
or any other system of automated dissemination of quotation of securities
prices, days on which the Common Stock is traded regular way in the
over-the-counter market and for which a closing bid and a closing asked price
for the Common Stock are available.

         "Triggering Event" has the meaning specified in Section 14.4(9).

         "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, and the
rules and regulations thereunder, as in force at the date as of which this
Indenture was executed, provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939 is amended after such date, "Trust Indenture Act" means, to the
extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, and the
rules and regulations thereunder, as so amended.

         "Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first
paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions


                                       10
<PAGE>   19



of this Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean or include each Person
who is then a Trustee hereunder.

         "United States" means the United States of America (including the
states and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other
areas subject to its jurisdiction.

SECTION 1.2  Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

         Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to
the Trustee an Officers' Certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the
Trustee stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this
Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion
of Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee stating that in the
opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been
complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to
which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision
of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no
additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

         Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (including certificates
delivered pursuant to Section 10.9) shall include:

                  (1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate
or opinion has read such condition or covenant and the definitions herein
relating thereto;

                  (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in
such certificate or opinion are based;

                  (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual,
he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable
the individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such
condition or covenant has been complied with; and

                  (4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such
individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 1.3 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

         In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all
such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such
Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one
such Person may certify or give an opinion as to some matters and one or more
other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give
an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.


                                       11
<PAGE>   20



         Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, or a
certificate or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the
exercise of reasonable care should know, that the Opinion of Counsel,
certificate or representations with respect to the matters upon which his or her
certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such Opinion of Counsel,
certificate or representations may be based, insofar as it relates to factual
matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or
officers of the Company stating that the information as to such factual matters
is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel or officer knows, or in
the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate, opinion or
representations as to such matters are erroneous.

         Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.

SECTION 1.4 Acts of Holders; Record Dates.

         (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Holders of the Outstanding Securities, may be embodied in and evidenced by (1)
one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in
person or by agents duly appointed in writing or (2) the record of Holders of
Securities voting in favor thereof, either in person or by proxies duly
appointed in writing, at any meeting of Holders of Securities duly called and
held in accordance with the provisions of Article XV. Except as herein otherwise
expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or
instruments or record are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby
expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments and records
(and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes
referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments
or so voting at such meeting. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a
writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a
Security, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to
Section 6.14) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company and any agent
of the Trustee or the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.
The record of any meeting of Holders of Securities shall be proved in the manner
provided in Section 15.6.

         (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such
instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such
execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by
law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing
such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such
execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his or her individual
capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof
of his or her authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such
instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may
also be proved in any other reasonable manner which the Trustee deems
sufficient.

         (c) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security
Register.


                                       12
<PAGE>   21



         (d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of Securities any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act,
the Company may, at its option, in or pursuant to an Officer's Certificate, fix
in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act,
but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding the Trust
Indenture Act, Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date
specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not
earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders
generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation
is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given
before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of
business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of
determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding
Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that
purpose the Outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date.

         (e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder
of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the
registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in
respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any
Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent or the Company in
reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such
Security.

SECTION 1.5 Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company.

         Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to
be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

         (1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for
every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with
the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

         (2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for
every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in
writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it
at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this
Indenture or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee
by the Company.


                                       13
<PAGE>   22



SECTION 1.6 Notice to Holders; Waiver.

         Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders of
Securities by the Company or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently
given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed,
first-class postage prepaid, to each such Holder affected by such event, at such
Holder's address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the
latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving
of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders of Securities is given by
mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so
mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice
with respect to other Holders of Securities. Any notice mailed to a Holder in
the manner herein prescribed shall be deemed to have been given when such notice
is mailed.

         If by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of
any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such
notification to Holders of Securities as shall be made with the approval of the
Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification to such Holders for every
purpose hereunder.

         Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may
be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either
before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such
notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such
filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such waiver.

SECTION 1.7 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

         The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are
for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 1.8 Successors and Assigns.

         All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall be
binding on their successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 1.9 Separability Clause.

         In case any provision in this Indenture or in any Security shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 1.10 Benefits of Indenture.

         Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied,
shall give to any Person, other than the Parties hereto, any Security Registrar,
any Paying Agent, any


                                       14
<PAGE>   23



Authenticating Agent and their successors hereunder and the Holders any benefit
or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

SECTION 1.11 No Personal Liability.

         No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement
contained in this Indenture, in any Security or because of any indebtedness
evidenced thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, as such, or against
any past, present or future stockholder, officer or director, as such, of the
Company or of any successor, either directly or through the Company or any
successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the
enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or
otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the
acceptance of the Securities by the Holders thereof and as part of the
consideration for the issue of the Securities.

SECTION 1.12 Governing Law.

         This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to
the principles of conflict of law.

SECTION 1.13 Legal Holidays.

         In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Repurchase Date,
Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Security shall not be a
Business Day at any Place of Payment or Place of Conversion, then
(notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security other
than a provision in the Securities which specifically states that such provision
shall apply in lieu hereof), payment of interest or principal (and premium, if
any) need not be made at such Place of Payment or Place of Conversion on such
date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of
Payment or Place of Conversion with the same force and effect as if made on the
Interest Payment Date, Repurchase Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated
Maturity or Maturity, provided that no interest shall accrue on the amount so
payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Repurchase
Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be, so long
as payment is made on such succeeding Business Day.

SECTION 1.14 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

         If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision
of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be
a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any
provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust
Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be
deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case
may be.


                                       15
<PAGE>   24



SECTION 1.15 Counterparts.

         This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                 SECURITIES FORM

SECTION 2.1 Designation of Securities; Form Generally.

         Pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company hereby creates a series of
its debt securities designated as the "5 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due
2006" (the "Notes"), which Notes shall be deemed "Securities" for all purposes
hereunder.

         The Securities shall be in substantially the form set forth in this
Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other
variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such
letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or
endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any
securities exchange, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and
regulations thereunder (the "Code"), or as may, consistent herewith, be
determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their
execution thereof. All Securities shall be in fully registered form, without
coupon.

         The Trustee's certificates of authentication shall be in substantially
the form set forth in Section 2.3.

         Conversion notices shall be substantially in the form set forth in
Section 2.4.

         Repurchase notices shall be substantially in the form set forth in
Section 2.5.

         Assignments shall be substantially in the form set forth in Section
2.6.

         The Securities shall be printed, lithographed, typewritten or engraved
or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other
manner permitted by the rules of any automated quotation system or securities
exchange (including on steel engraved borders if so required by any securities
exchange upon which the Securities may be listed) on which the Securities may be
quoted or listed, as the case may be, all as determined by the officers
executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution thereof.


                                       16
<PAGE>   25



SECTION 2.2 Form of Security.

                               [FORM OF NOTE FACE]

[THE FOLLOWING LEGEND SHALL APPEAR ON THE FACE OF EACH GLOBAL SECURITY:

         THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE
HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, WHICH MAY BE TREATED BY THE COMPANY, THE TRUSTEE AND
ANY AGENT THEREOF AS OWNER AND HOLDER OF THIS NOTE FOR ALL PURPOSES.

         UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE COMPANY OR
ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

         UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN
DEFINITIVE REGISTERED FORM IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES REFERRED TO IN THE
INDENTURE, THIS GLOBAL SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE
DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO
THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY
SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY.]


                        ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC.

                      5 1/4% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTE
                                    DUE 2006

No. ________________                                         $_________________

CUSIP NO. 007973AA8


                                       17
<PAGE>   26



         ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC., a corporation duly organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the "Company",
which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture referred to on the
reverse hereof), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
_____________________, the principal sum of ________ United States Dollars
($______ ) [if this Security is a Global Security, then insert - (which
principal amount may from time to time be increased or decreased to such other
principal amounts by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee hereinafter
referred to in accordance with the Indenture)] on November 15, 2006 and to pay
interest thereon, from November 10, 1999, or from the most recent Interest
Payment Date (as defined below) to which interest has been paid or duly provided
for, semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 in each year (each, an
"Interest Payment Date"), commencing May 15, 2000, at the rate of 5 1/4% per
annum, until the principal hereof is due, and at the rate of 5 1/4% per annum on
any overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law,
on any overdue interest. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture,
be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor
Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date
for such interest, which shall be the May 1 or November 1 (whether or not a
Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, any such interest not so
punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the
Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose
name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the
close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted
Interest to be fixed by the Company, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of
Notes not less than 10 days prior to the Special Record Date, or be paid at any
time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any
automated quotation system or securities exchange on which the Notes may be
quoted or listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all
as more fully provided in the Indenture. Payments of principal shall be made
upon the surrender of this Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, or
at such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by the
Company for such purpose, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in
such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment
shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts, by Dollar
check drawn on, or transfer to, a Dollar account. Payments of interest on this
Note may be made by Dollar check, drawn on a Dollar account, mailed to the
address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the
Security Register, or, upon written application by the Holder to the Security
Registrar setting forth wire instructions not later than the relevant Record
Date, by transfer to a Dollar account; provided however, that transfers to
Dollar accounts will be made only to Holders of an aggregate principal amount of
Notes in excess of $2,000,000.

         Except as specifically provided herein and in the Indenture, the
Company shall not be required to make any payment with respect to any tax,
assessment or other governmental charge imposed by any government or any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

         Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set
forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.


                                       18
<PAGE>   27



         Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof or an Authenticating Agent by the
manual signature of one of their respective authorized signatories, this Note
shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly
executed and delivered under its corporate seal.

                                   Advanced Energy Industries, Inc.

[Corporate Seal]

                                   By:
                                      ------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

Attest:


Name:
Title:

                    (Trustee's Certificate of Authentication)

         This is one of the 5 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006
referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                                       STATE STREET BANK AND
                                       TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.,
                                       as Trustee

                                       By:
                                          -------------------------------
                                                Authorized Signatory

                                [FORM OF REVERSE]

         This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the
Company designated as its "5 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006"
(herein called the "Notes"), issued and to be issued under an Indenture, dated
as of November 1, 1999 (herein called the "Indenture"), between the Company and
State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as Trustee (herein
called the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee under the
Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference
is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights,
duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, the holders of
Senior Debt and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which


                                       19
<PAGE>   28



the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. As provided in the
Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes are
exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of any authorized
denominations as requested by the Holder surrendering the same upon surrender of
the Note or Notes to be exchanged, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
The Trustee upon such surrender by the Holder will issue the new Notes in the
requested denominations.

         No sinking fund is provided for the Notes.

         The Notes are subject to redemption at the option of the Company at any
time on or after November 19, 2002, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30
nor more than 60 days' notice to the Holders prior to the Redemption Date at the
following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount)
for the twelve-month period beginning on November 15 of the following years:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           YEAR                                      REDEMPTION PRICE
           ----                                      ----------------
           <S>                                       <C>

           2002                                          103.00%

           2003                                          102.25%

           2004                                          101.50%

           2005                                          100.75%
</TABLE>

and at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount beginning on
November 15, 2006, together, in each case, with accrued and unpaid interest to
the Redemption Date; provided, however, that interest installments on Notes
whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to
the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at
the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face
hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.

         In the event of a redemption of the Notes, the Company will not be
required (a) to register the transfer or exchange of Notes for a period of 15
days immediately preceding the date notice is given identifying the serial
numbers of the Notes called for such redemption or (b) to register the transfer
or exchange of any Note, or portion thereof, called for redemption.

         In any case where the due date for the payment of the principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on any Note or the last day on which a Holder of a
Note has a right to convert such Note shall be, at any Place of Payment or Place
of Conversion as the case may be, a day on which banking institutions at such
Place of Payment or Place of Conversion are authorized or obligated by law,
regulation or executive order to close, then payment of principal, premium, if
any, interest or delivery for conversion of such Note need not be made on or by
such date at such place but may be made on or by the next succeeding day at such
place which is not a day on which banking institutions are authorized or
obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close, with the same force
and effect as if made on the date for such payment or the date fixed for


                                       20
<PAGE>   29



redemption or repurchase, or by such last day for conversion, and no interest
shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period after such date.

         Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of the Indenture,
the Holder of this Note is entitled, at such Holder's option, at any time
following the original issue date of the Notes and on or before the close of
business on the Business Day immediately preceding November 15, 2006, or in case
this Note or a portion hereof is called for redemption or the Holder hereof has
exercised his or her right to require the Company to repurchase this Note or
such portion hereof, then in respect of this Note until but (unless the Company
defaults in making the payment due upon redemption or repurchase, as the case
may be) not after, the close of business on Business Day immediately preceding
the Redemption Date or the Repurchase Date, as the case may be, to convert this
Note (or any portion of the principal amount hereof that is an integral multiple
of $1,000, provided that the unconverted portion of such principal amount is
$1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) into fully paid and
nonassessable shares of Common Stock of the Company at an initial Conversion
Rate of 20.1898 shares of Common Stock for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes
(or at the current adjusted Conversion Rate if an adjustment has been made as
provided in the Indenture, including pursuant to Section 14.4(2)) by surrender
of this Note, duly endorsed or assigned to the Company or in blank and, in case
such surrender shall be made during the period from the close of business on any
Regular Record Date next preceding any Interest Payment Date to the opening of
business on such Interest Payment Date (except if this Note or portion thereof
has been called for redemption on a Redemption Date or is repurchasable on a
Repurchase Date and the conversion rights of this Note, or such portion thereof,
would terminate during the period between such Regular Record Date and the close
of business on such Interest Payment Date), also accompanied by payment in New
York Clearing House or other funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal
to the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the principal amount of
this Note then being converted, and also the conversion notice hereon duly
executed, to the Company at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, or at
such other office or agency of the Company, subject to any laws or regulations
applicable thereto and subject to the right of the Company to terminate the
appointment of any Conversion Agent (as defined below) as may be designated by
it for such purpose, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or at
such other offices or agencies as the Company may designate (each a "Conversion
Agent"), provided, however, that if this Note or portion hereof has been called
for redemption on a Redemption Date or is repurchasable on a Repurchase Date and
the conversion rights of this Note, or such portion thereof, would terminate
during the period between such Regular Record Date and the close of business on
such Interest Payment Date, then the Holder of this Note on such Regular Record
Date will be entitled to receive the interest accruing hereon from the Interest
Payment Date next preceding the date of such conversion to such succeeding
Interest Payment Date and the Holder of this Note who converts this Note or a
portion hereof during such period shall not be required to pay such interest
upon surrender of this Note for conversion. Subject to the provisions of the
preceding sentence and, in the case of a conversion after the close of business
on the Regular Record Date next preceding any Interest Payment Date and on or
before the close of business on such Interest Payment Date, to the right of the
Holder of this Note (or any Predecessor Security of record as of such Regular
Record Date) to receive the related installment of interest to the


                                       21
<PAGE>   30



extent and under the circumstances provided in the Indenture, no cash payment or
adjustment is to be made on conversion for interest accrued hereon from the
Interest Payment Date next preceding the day of conversion, or for dividends on
the Common Stock issued on conversion hereof. The Company shall thereafter
deliver to the Holder the fixed number of shares of Common Stock (together with
any cash adjustment, as provided in the Indenture) into which this Note is
convertible and such delivery will be deemed to satisfy the Company's obligation
to pay the principal amount of this Note. No fractions of shares or scrip
representing fractions of shares will be issued on conversion, but instead of
any fractional interest (calculated to the nearest 1/100th of a share) the
Company shall pay a cash adjustment as provided in the Indenture. The Conversion
Rate is subject to adjustment as provided in the Indenture. In addition, the
Indenture provides that in case of certain consolidations or mergers to which
the Company is a party (other than a consolidation or merger that does not
result in any reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of the
Common Stock) or the conveyance, transfer, sale or lease of all or substantially
all of the property and assets of the Company, the Indenture shall be amended,
without the consent of any Holders of Notes, so that this Note, if then
Outstanding, will be convertible thereafter, during the period this Note shall
be convertible as specified above, only into the kind and amount of securities,
cash and other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, conveyance,
transfer, sale or lease by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of
the Company into which this Note could have been converted immediately prior to
such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale or lease (assuming such
holder of Common Stock is not a Constituent Person or an Affiliate of a
Constituent Person, failed to exercise any rights of election and received per
share the kind and amount received per share by a plurality of Non-electing
Shares and further assuming, if such consolidation, merger, conveyance,
transfer, sale or lease occurs prior to the original issue date of the Notes,
that the Note was convertible at the time of such occurrence at the Conversion
Rate specified above as adjusted from the issue date of such Note to such time
as provided in the Indenture). No adjustment in the Conversion Rate will be made
until such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one
percent of such price, provided that any adjustment that would otherwise be
made, but for the application of the foregoing, will be carried forward and
taken into account in the computation of any subsequent adjustment.

         If a Change in Control occurs, the Holder of this Note, at the Holder's
option, shall have the right, in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture, to require the Company to repurchase this Note (or any portion of the
principal amount hereof that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of
$1,000 in excess thereof) for cash at a Repurchase Price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus interest accrued to the Repurchase Date. At the
option of the Company, the Repurchase Price may be paid in cash or, subject to
the conditions provided in the Indenture, by delivery of shares of Common Stock
having a fair market value equal to the Repurchase Price. For purposes of this
paragraph, the fair market value of shares of Common Stock shall be determined
by the Company and shall be equal to 95% of the average of the Closing Prices
Per Share for the five consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding and
including the third Trading Day prior to the Repurchase Date. Whenever in this
Note there is a reference, in any context, to the principal of any Note as of
any time, such reference shall be deemed to include reference to the Repurchase
Price payable in respect of such Note to the extent that such Repurchase Price
is, was or would be so payable at such time, and express mention of


                                       22
<PAGE>   31



the Repurchase Price in any provision of this Note shall not be construed as
excluding the Repurchase Price so payable in those provisions of this Note when
such express mention is not made; provided, however, that, for the purposes of
the second succeeding paragraph, such reference shall be deemed to include
reference to the Repurchase Price only to the extent the Repurchase Price is
payable in cash.

         [The following paragraph shall appear in each Global Security:

         In the event of a deposit or withdrawal of an interest in this Note,
including an exchange, transfer, redemption, repurchase or conversion of this
Note in part only, the Trustee, as custodian of the Depositary, shall make an
adjustment on its records to reflect such deposit or withdrawal in accordance
with the rules and procedures of The Depository Trust Company applicable to, and
as in effect at the time of, such transaction.]

         [The following paragraph shall appear in each Note that is not a Global
Security:

         In the event of redemption, repurchase or conversion of this Note in
part only, a new Note or Notes for the unredeemed, unrepurchased or unconverted
portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof.]

         The indebtedness evidenced by this Note is, to the extent and in the
manner provided in the Indenture, subordinate and subject in right of payment to
the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt of the Company, and this
Note is issued subject to such provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto.
Each Holder of this Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be
bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on such
Holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to
effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee such
Holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

         If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of
all the Notes, together with accrued interest to the date of declaration, may be
declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the
Indenture. Upon payment (i) of the amount of principal so declared due and
payable, together with accrued interest to the date of declaration, and (ii) of
interest on any overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, overdue interest, all of the Company's obligations in respect of the
payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes shall terminate.

         The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Company and the Trustee with either (a) the written consent of the
Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes, or (b) by the adoption of a resolution, at a meeting of
Holders of the Outstanding Notes at which a quorum is present, by the Holders of
at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes
represented and entitled to vote at such meeting. The Indenture also contains
provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal


                                       23
<PAGE>   32



amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to
waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and
certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such
consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding
upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued
in exchange therefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent
or waiver is made upon this Note or such other Note.

         As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the
Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with
respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for
any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the
Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default, the Holders of not less
than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have made written
request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of
Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable indemnity and the Trustee
shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have
failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such
notice, request and offer of indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any
suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of
principal hereof, premiums if any, or interest hereon on or after the respective
due dates expressed herein or for the enforcement of the right to convert this
Note as provided in the Indenture.

         No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on this Note at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or
currency, herein prescribed or to convert this Note as provided in the
Indenture.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable on the Security Register
upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be
designated by it for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New
York (which shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee), or at such
other offices or agencies as the Company may designate, duly endorsed by, or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such
Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new
Notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount,
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees by the Security
Registrar. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer
or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to recover
any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

         Prior to due presentation of this Note for registration of transfer,
the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name Note is registered, as the owner thereof for all
purposes, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the
Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.


                                       24
<PAGE>   33



         No recourse for the payment of the principal (and premium, if any) or
interest on this Note and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or
agreement of the Company in the Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto
or in any Note, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented
thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or
director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor
corporation, either directly or through the Company or any successor
corporation, whether by virtue of any rule of law, statute or constitutional
provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable
proceeding or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released,
by the acceptance hereof and as part of consideration for the issue hereof.

         THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAW.

         All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall
have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.


                                  ABBREVIATIONS

         The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face
of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

    TEN COM               -  as tenants in common
    TEN ENT               -  as tenants by the entireties (Cust)
    JT TEN                -  as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not
                             as tenants in common
    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT     -                    Custodian
                           --------------------          --------------------
                                                               (Minor)

                            under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
                                                              ---------
                                                               (State)

     Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

SECTION 2.3 Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication.

         Subject to Section 6.11, the Trustee's certificate of authentication
shall be in substantially the following form:

         This is one of the 5 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006
referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:
     -----------------------
                                       25
<PAGE>   34



State Street Bank and Trust Company
 of California, N.A., as Trustee


By:
  ------------------------
     Authorized Signatory

SECTION 2.4 Form of Election of Holder to Require Repurchase.

         (1 Pursuant to Article XII of the Indenture, the undersigned hereby
elects to have this Note repurchased by the Company.

         (2 The undersigned hereby directs the Trustee or the Company to pay to
the undersigned an amount in cash or, at the Company's election, Common Stock
valued as set forth in the Indenture, equal to 100% of the principal amount to
be repurchased (as set forth below), plus interest accrued to the Repurchase
Date, as provided in the Indenture.

                                  Dated:
                                        ------------------------


                                  Signature(s)

                                  Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an
                                  Eligible Guarantor Institution with
                                  membership in an approved signature
                                  guarantee program pursuant to Rule
                                  17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange
                                  Act of 1934.



                                  Signature Guaranteed

Principal amount to be repurchased (at least $1,000 or an integral multiple
$1,000 in excess thereof): _______________________________

Remaining principal amount following such repurchase (not less than $1,000):
_________________________________

NOTICE: The signature to the foregoing Election must correspond to the Name as
written upon the face of this Note in every particular, without alteration or
any change whatsoever.

SECTION 2.5 Form of Conversion Notice.


                                       26
<PAGE>   35



         The undersigned Holder of this Note hereby irrevocably exercises the
option to convert this Note, or any portion of the principal amount hereof
(which is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, PROVIDED
that the unconverted portion of such principal amount is at least $1,000 or any
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) below designated, into shares of
Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this
Note, and directs that such shares, together with a check in payment for any
fractional share and any Notes representing any unconverted principal amount
hereof, be delivered to and be registered in the name of the undersigned unless
a different name has been indicated below. If shares of Common Stock or Notes
are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, (a) the
undersigned will pay all applicable transfer taxes payable with respect thereto
and (b) signature(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution
with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule
17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Any amount required to be
paid by the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note.

Dated:
     ------------------------                   ----------------------------
                                                 Signature(s)

If shares or Notes are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the
Holder, please print such Person's name and address:


                  Name

                  Address

Social Security or other Identification
Number, if any


Signature Guaranteed

If only a portion of the Notes is to be converted, please indicate:

         1. Principal amount to be converted:  $_____________

         2. Principal amount and denomination of Notes representing unconverted
            principal amount to be issued: $______________

            ($1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof,
            provided that the unconverted portion of such principal amount
            is at least $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in
            excess thereof)

SECTION 2.6 Form of Assignment.


                                       27
<PAGE>   36



         For value received ________________ hereby sell(s), assign(s) and
transfer(s) unto ________________ (Please insert social security or other
identifying number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby irrevocably
constitutes and appoints ____________________ as attorney to transfer the said
Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the
premises.





Dated:
     --------------------------           --------------------------------
                                          Signature(s)

                                          Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an
                                          Eligible Guarantor Institution with
                                          membership in an approved signature
                                          guarantee program pursuant to Rule
                                          17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange
                                          Act of 1934.


                                          Signature Guaranteed

SECTION 2.7 Securities Issuable in Global Form.

         The Securities initially will be represented by one or more notes in
registered, global form without interest coupons, referred to as global notes.
Any such Security shall represent Outstanding Securities and may provide that it
shall represent the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities and that the
aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities may from time to time be increased or
decreased to reflect exchanges. Any endorsement of a Security in global form to
reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, of Outstanding
Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in such manner and
upon instructions given by such Person or Persons as shall be specified therein
or in the Company Order to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.3
or 3.4. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.3 and, if applicable, Section
3.4, the Trustee shall deliver and redeliver any Security in permanent global
form in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or Persons
specified therein or in the applicable Company Order. If a Company Order
pursuant to Section 3.3 or 3.4 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any
instructions by the Company with respect to endorsement or delivery or
redelivery of a Security in global form shall be in writing but need not comply
with Section 1.2 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

         The provisions of the last sentence of Section 3.3 shall apply to any
Security represented by a Security in global form if such Security was never
issued and sold by the Company and the Company delivers to the Trustee the
Security in global form together with written instructions


                                       28
<PAGE>   37



(which need not comply with Section 1.2 and need not be accompanied by an
Opinion of Counsel) with regard to the reduction in the principal amount of
Securities represented thereby, together with the written statement contemplated
by the last sentence of Section 3.3.

         Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.7, payment of principal of
(and premium, if any) and interest on any Security in permanent global form
shall be made to the Person or Persons specified therein.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                 THE SECURITIES

SECTION 3.1 Title and Terms.

         The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated
and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

         The Securities shall be known and designated as the "5 1/4% Convertible
Subordinated Notes due 2006" of the Company. Their Stated Maturity shall be
November 15, 2006 and they shall bear interest on their principal amount from
November 10, 1999, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 in
each year, commencing May 15, 2000, at the rate of 5 1/4% per annum until the
principal thereof is due and at the rate of 7 1/4% per annum on any overdue
principal and, to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue interest;
provided, however, that payments shall only be made on a Business Day as
provided in Section 1.13.

         The principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities shall
be payable as provided in the form of Securities set forth in Section 2.2, and
the Repurchase Price, whether payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock,
shall be payable at such places as are identified in the Company Notice given
pursuant to Section 12.3 (any city in which any Paying Agent is located being
herein called a "Place of Payment").

         The Securities shall be redeemable at the option of the Company at any
time on or after November 19, 2002, in whole or in part, subject to the
conditions and as otherwise provided in Article XI and in the form of Security
set forth in Section 2.2.

         The Securities shall be subject to repurchase by the Company at the
option of the Holders as provided in Article XII.

         The Securities shall be subordinated in right of payment to Senior Debt
of the Company as provided in Article XIII.

         The Securities shall be convertible as provided in Article XIV (any
city in which any Conversion Agent is located being herein called a "Place of
Conversion").

SECTION 3.2 Denominations.


                                       29
<PAGE>   38



         The Securities shall be issuable in minimum denominations of $1,000 and
any integral multiple thereof.

SECTION 3.3 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

         The Securities shall be executed by the Company's Chairman of the
Board, its Chief Executive Officer its President or one of its Executive Vice
Presidents, and attested by its Chief Financial Officer or its Secretary. The
signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile
signatures and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities.

         Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals
who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities did not hold
such offices at the date of such Securities.

         At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of
this Indenture, the Company may deliver the Securities, executed by the Company
to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the
authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance
with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities.

         Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

         No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly
executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such
certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only
evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder
and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder
but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such
Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.9 together
with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 1.2 and need not be
accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Security has never been
issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security
shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and
shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.4 Global Securities.

         Any Global Security shall be exchangeable only as provided in this
paragraph. If the depositary for any permanent Global Security is DTC, then,
unless the terms of such Global Security expressly permit such Global Security
to be exchanged in whole or in part for definitive Securities, a Global Security
may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to a nominee of DTC, or by a
nominee of DTC to DTC, or to a successor to DTC for such Global Security
selected or approved by the Company or to a nominee of such successor to DTC. If
at any time


                                       30
<PAGE>   39



DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
depositary for the applicable Global Security or Securities or if at any time
DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act if so
required by applicable law or regulation, the Company shall appoint a successor
depositary with respect to such Global Security or Securities. If (x) a
successor depositary for such Global Security or Securities is not appointed by
the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes
aware of such unwillingness, inability or ineligibility, (y) an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing or any event which after notice or lapse of time
or both would be an Event of Default with respect to such Security or
Securities, or (z) the Company, in its sole discretion, determines at any time
that all Outstanding Securities (but not less than all) issued or issuable in
the form of one or more Global Securities shall no longer be represented by such
Global Security or Securities, then the Company shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver definitive Securities of like rank, tenor and
terms in definitive form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal
amount of such Global Security or Securities. If any beneficial owner of an
interest in a Global Security is otherwise entitled to exchange such interest
for Securities of like tenor and principal amount of another authorized form and
denomination, as specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 and provided that any
applicable notice provided in the Global Security shall have been given, then
without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the earliest date on
which such interest may be so exchanged, the Company shall execute, and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Securities in aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of such beneficial owner's
interest in such Global Security. On or after the earliest date on which such
interests may be so exchanged, such Global Security shall be surrendered for
exchange by DTC or such other depositary as shall be specified in the Company
Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, as the Company's agent for such
purpose; provided, however, that no such exchanges may occur during a period
beginning at the opening of business 15 days before selection of the Securities
to be redeemed under Section 11.3 and ending at the close of business on the day
of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption. If a Security is issued in
exchange for any portion of a Global Security after the close of business at the
office or agency where such exchange occurs on (i) any Regular Record Date and
before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest
Payment Date, or (ii) any special Record Date and the opening of business at
such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted
Interest, interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, will not be
payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case
may be, in respect of such Security, but will be payable on such Interest
Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, only to the
Person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such Global Security is
payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.5 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

         The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee or in any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment a
register of the Securities (the register maintained in such office or in any
such office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein
sometimes referred to as the "Security Register") in which, subject to such
reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the
registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities. The Security Register
shall be in written form or any


                                       31
<PAGE>   40



other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable
time. The Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, is hereby initially appointed
"Security Registrar" for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers of
Securities on such Security Register as herein provided. In the event that the
Trustee shall cease to be Security Registrar, it shall have the right to examine
the Security Register at all reasonable times.

         Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.5, upon surrender for
registration of transfer of any Security at any office or agency of the Company
in a Place of Payment, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Securities of any authorized denominations and of a
like aggregate principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously
outstanding, and containing identical terms and provisions.

         Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.5, at the option of the
Holder, Securities may be exchanged for other Securities, of any authorized
denomination or denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount,
containing identical terms and provisions, upon surrender of the Securities to
be exchanged at any such office or agency. Whenever any such Securities are so
surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is
entitled to receive.

         All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of
Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same
debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

         Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
for exchange or redemption shall (if so required by the Company or the Security
Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly
executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in
writing.

         No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than
exchanges pursuant to Sections 9.6, 11.8, 12.3(e), or any supplemental indenture
not involving any transfer and other than any stamp and similar duties, if any,
which may be imposed in connection with any such transfer or exchange by the
United States or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority thereof
or therein, which shall be paid by the Company.

         The Company, or the Trustee, as applicable, shall not be required (i)
to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security if such Security may
be among those selected for redemption during a period beginning at the opening
of business 15 days before selection of the Securities to be redeemed under
Section 11.3 and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of
the relevant notice of redemption, or (ii) to register the transfer of or
exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in
the case of any Security to be


                                       32
<PAGE>   41



redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed, or (iii) to issue,
register the transfer of or exchange any Security which has been surrendered for
repurchase at the option of the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such
Security not to be so repaid.

SECTION 3.6 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

         If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company,
together with, in proper cases, such security or indemnity as may be required by
the Company or the Trustee to save each of them or any agent of either of them
harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same principal amount,
containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not
contemporaneously outstanding.

         If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i)
evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any
Security, and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save
each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of
notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a
bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen
Security, a new Security of the same principal amount, containing identical
terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

         Notwithstanding the provisions of the previous two paragraphs, in case
any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to
become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Security,
instead of issuing a new Security.

         Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company
may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge (other than any stamp and similar duties, if any, which may
be imposed in connection therewith by the United States or any political
subdivision thereof or taxing authority thereof or therein, which shall be paid
by the Company) that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses
(including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

         Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any
destroyed, lost or stolen Security, shall constitute an original additional
contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or
stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be
entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with
any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

         The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

SECTION 3.7 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.


                                       33
<PAGE>   42



         Interest on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or
duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in
whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered
at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the
office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section
10.2; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided below with respect
to Global Securities, each installment of interest on any Security may at the
Company's option be paid by (i) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or
upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 3.8,
to the address of such Person as it appears on the Security Register or (ii)
upon written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 3.8
setting forth instructions not later than the Regular Record Date for such
interest, by transfer to an account maintained by the payee located inside the
United States.

         Every Global Security will provide that interest, if any, payable on
any Interest Payment Date will be paid to DTC for the purpose of permitting DTC
to credit the interest received by it in respect of such Global Security to the
accounts of the beneficial owners thereof and that all payments with respect to
such Global Security shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available
funds.

         Any interest on any Security that is payable, but is not punctually
paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called
"Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered
Holder thereof on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such
Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company at its election
in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

         (1 The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to
the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor
Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special Record Date for
the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following
manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of
Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of the
proposed payment (which shall not be less than 20 days after such notice is
received by the Trustee), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with
the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid
in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to
the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment,
such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons
entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the
Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted
Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to
the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by
the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly
notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the
expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such
Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed,
first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities at such Holder's
address as it appears in the Security Register not less than 10 days prior to
such Special Record Date. If the sole registered Holder of the Securities is not
DTC, then the Trustee may, in its discretion, in the name and at the expense of
the Company, cause a similar notice to be published at least once in an
Authorized Newspaper in each place of payment, but such


                                       34
<PAGE>   43




publications shall not be a condition precedent to the establishment of such
Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest
and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such
Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities
(or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of
business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to
the following clause (2).

         (2 The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the
Securities in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of
any automated quotation system or securities exchange on which such Securities
may be listed or quoted, and upon such notice as may be required by such
quotation system or exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the
Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment
shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

         Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 3.5,
each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or
in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to
interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other
Security.

         In the case of any Security which is converted after any Regular Record
Date and prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (other than any
Security whose Maturity is prior to such Interest Payment Date), interest whose
Stated Maturity is on such Interest Payment Date shall be payable on such
Interest Payment Date notwithstanding such conversion, and such interest
(whether or not punctually paid or duly provided for) shall be paid to the
Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is
registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date.

SECTION 3.8 Persons Deemed Owners.

         Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer,
the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name such Security is registered as the owner of such
Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if
any), and (subject to Sections 3.5 and 3.7) interest on, such Security and for
all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and none
of the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be
affected by notice to the contrary.

         None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security
Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the
records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership
interests of a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Security,
nothing herein shall (a) prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the
Company, or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification or
other authorization furnished by any depositary, as a Holder, with respect to
such Global Security or (b) impair, as between such depositary and owners of


                                       35
<PAGE>   44



beneficial interests in such Global Security, the operation of customary
practices governing the exercise of the rights of such depositary (or its
nominee) as Holder of such Global Security.

SECTION 3.9 Cancellation.

         All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption or repurchase at the
option of the Holder, registration of transfer or exchange or conversion shall,
if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the
Trustee, and any such Securities and Securities surrendered directly to the
Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may
at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously
authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any
manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for
delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously
authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all
Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. If the
Company shall so acquire any of the Securities, however, such acquisition shall
not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by
such Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for
cancellation. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for
any Securities canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly
permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Securities held by the Trustee shall
be returned to the Company or disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its
customary practices as directed by a Company Order.

SECTION 3.10 Computation of Interest.

         Interest on the Securities (including, without limitation, any interest
on overdue interest) shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting
of twelve 30-day months.

SECTION 3.11 CUSIP Numbers.

         The Company in issuing the Securities may use CUSIP numbers (if then
generally in use) in addition to serial numbers, and, if so, the Trustee shall
use CUSIP numbers in addition to serial numbers in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed
on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any
change in the CUSIP numbers.


                                       36
<PAGE>   45



                                   ARTICLE IV

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 4.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

         This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect
(except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, right of
conversion and the Company's right of optional redemption, (ii) substitution of
apparently mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities, (iii) rights of
Holders to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest
(including, without limitation, interest on overdue interest) on the Securities,
(iv) rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture, (v)
rights of the Holders as beneficiaries of this Indenture with respect to any
property deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them) and the
Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, and at the expense of the Company,
shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture when,

         (1)      either

                  (A) all Securities of theretofore authenticated and delivered
(other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which
have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.6, and (ii) Securities for
whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and
held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged
from such trust, as provided in Section 10.3) have been delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation; or

                  (B) all Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation

                      (i) have become due and payable, or

                      (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity
within one year, or

                      (iii) if redeemable at the option of the Company, are to
be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the
Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and
at the expense of the Company,

and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably
deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds (immediately
available to the Holders in the case of clause (a)) in trust for the purpose an
amount in cash sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such
Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for
principal (and premium, if any) and interest (including, without limitation,
interest on overdue interest) to the date of such deposit (in the case of
Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or
Redemption Date, as the case may be;


                                       37
<PAGE>   46



         (2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
hereunder by the Company, including, without limitation, the payment of all fees
and expenses of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

         (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein
provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have
been complied with; and

         (4) the Trustee shall have received such other documents and assurances
as the Trustee shall have reasonably requested.

         Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
obligations of the Company to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under
Section 6.6, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under
Section 6.11 and, if money shall have been deposited with and held by the
Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations
of the Trustee under Section 4.2 and the last paragraph of Section 10.3 shall
survive such satisfaction and discharge.

SECTION 4.2 Application of Trust Funds.

         Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.3, all
money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust
and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if
any), and any interest for whose payment such money has deposited with or
received by the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    REMEDIES

SECTION 5.1 Events of Default.

         "Event of Default," wherever used herein, means any one of the
following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether or
not it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or
pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or
regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

         (1) default in the payment of any interest on any Security when such
interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period
of 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination
provisions contained in Article XIII hereof; or


                                       38
<PAGE>   47



         (2) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on)
any Security when it becomes due and payable at its Maturity, whether or not
such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions contained in Article
XIII hereof; or

         (3) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty
of the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in
whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically
dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days
after there has been given, by registered or certified mail to the Company, by
the Trustee or to the Company, and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the Outstanding Securities a written notice specifying such
default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice
is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

         (4) (a) a default under any evidence of Debt of the Company or RF Power
under any mortgage, indenture, agreement or other instrument of the Company or
RF Power under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured any
Debt of the Company or by any Subsidiary, whether such Debt now exists or shall
hereafter be created, which default shall constitute a failure to pay an
aggregate amount of principal, premium or interest exceeding $10,000,000 when
due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect
thereto and (b) any event of default as defined in any mortgage, indenture,
agreement or other instrument of the Company or RF Power evidencing Debt in an
aggregate amount of principal, premium or interest exceeding $10,000,000
becoming or being declared due and payable before the date on which it would
otherwise have become due and payable, without such Debt having been discharged,
or such acceleration having been annulled, within 30 days after there has been
given, by registered or certified mail to the Company, by the Trustee or to the
Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the Outstanding Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach
and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of
Default" hereunder; or

         (5) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (a) a
decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or RF Power in an
involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (b) a decree or order
adjudging the Company or RF Power a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as
properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition of or in respect of the Company or RF Power under any applicable
Federal or State law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee,
trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or RF Power or of
any substantial part of the property of either, or ordering the winding up or
liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for
relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of
60 consecutive days; or

         (6) the commencement by the Company or RF Power of a voluntary case or
proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be
adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by either to the entry of a
decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or RF Power in an
involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy,


                                       39
<PAGE>   48



insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any
bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against either, or the filing by
either of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or similar
relief under any applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by either to
the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a
custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other
similar official of the Company or RF Power or of any substantial part of the
property of either, or the making by either of an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or the admission by either in writing of its inability to pay its
debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the
Company or RF Power in furtherance of any such action; or

         (7) failure by the Company to give a Company Notice in accordance
within Article XII hereof, whether or not such notice is prohibited by the
subordination provisions contained in Article XIII hereof.

SECTION 5.2 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

         If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in
Sections 5.1(5) or 5.1(6)) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case
the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the
Outstanding Securities may declare the principal and premium (if any) of all the
Securities to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the
Company, (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders), and upon any such
declaration such principal and premium (if any) or specified portion thereof
shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in
Sections 5.1(5) or 5.1(6) occurs, the principal of, and premium, if any, and
accrued interest on all Securities shall, subject to the provisions of Article
XIII or the subordination provisions of any supplemental indenture, ipso facto
become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other Act of the
Holders or any act on the part of the Trustee.

         At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made and
before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by
the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by written notice to the
Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences if:

         (1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient
to pay:

             (a) all overdue interest on all Outstanding Securities,

             (b) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Outstanding
Securities which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of
acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates borne by or provided for
in such Securities,

             (c) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest
upon overdue interest at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such
Securities, and


                                       40
<PAGE>   49



             (d) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel;

         (2) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal
of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on Securities which have become due
solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as
provided in Section 5.13; and

         (3) such rescission and annulment would not conflict with any judgment
or decree issued in appropriate judicial proceedings regarding the payment by
the Trustee to the Holders of the amounts referred to in Section 5.2(1).

         No such rescission and annulment shall affect any subsequent default or
Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 5.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

         The Company covenants that if:

         (1) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on
any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default
continues for a period of 30 days, or

         (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if
any, on) any Security at its Maturity, then the Company will, upon demand of the
Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities,
the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal (and
premium, if any) and interest, with interest upon any overdue principal (and
premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be
legally enforceable, upon any overdue installments of interest, at the rate or
rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and, in addition thereto,
such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of
collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

         If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand,
the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a
judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may
prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same
against the Company, or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the
moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of
the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever
situated.

         If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its
discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the
Holders of Securities by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee
shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for
the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in
aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper
remedy.

SECTION 5.4 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.


                                       41
<PAGE>   50



         In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation,
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other
judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the
Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their
creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities
shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or
otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on
the Company for the payment of overdue principal or premium, if any, or
interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or
otherwise:

                  (i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount, or such
lesser amount as may be provided for in the Securities, of principal (and
premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and
take such other actions and to file such other papers or documents as may be
necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any
claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial
proceeding, and

                  (ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property
payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any
custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other
similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Holder of Securities to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that
the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and any
predecessor Trustee, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee or any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.6.

         Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Security
any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the
Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to
vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of a Security in any such proceeding;
provided, however, that the Trustee may, on behalf of such Holders, vote for the
election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar procedures.

SECTION 5.5 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.

         All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or any of the
Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession
of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating
thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in
its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall,
after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any other
amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.6, be for the ratable benefit of the
Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.


                                       42
<PAGE>   51
SECTION 5.6 Application of Money Collected.

         Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be
applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and,
in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium,
if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Securities, and the notation
thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if
fully paid:

         FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.6;

         SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the
Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest payable, in respect
of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts
due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and
interest, respectively; and

         THIRD: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any
other Person or Persons entitled thereto.

SECTION 5.7 Limitation on Suits.

         No Holder of any Security shall have any right to institute any
proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the
appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

         (1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a
continuing Event of Default;

         (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the
Outstanding Securities shall have made written request to the Trustee to
institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as
Trustee hereunder;

         (3) such Holder or Holders have offered and, if requested, provided to
the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs,
expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

         (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request
and offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity, has failed to institute
any such proceeding; and

         (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given
to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Securities;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have
any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of
such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or



                                       43
<PAGE>   52

preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this
Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable
benefit of all such Holders.

SECTION 5.8 Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal (Premium, if
            any) and Interest.

         Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of
any Security shall have the right which is absolute and unconditional to receive
payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 3.5
and 3.7) interest on such Security or payment on the respective Stated Maturity
expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption or repurchase, on the
Redemption Date or Repurchase Date, as may be the case) and to institute suit
for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired
without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 5.9 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

         If the Trustee or any Holder of a Security has instituted any
proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such
proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been
determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such
case, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of Securities shall, subject to
any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to
their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the
Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been
instituted.

SECTION 5.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

         Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment
of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of
Section 3.6, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee
or to the Holders of Securities is intended to be exclusive of any other right
or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or
now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or
employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the
concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 5.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

         No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to
exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any
such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an
acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to
the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often
as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Securities, as
the case may be.



                                       44
<PAGE>   53

SECTION 5.12 Control by Holders of Securities.

         The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and place
of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that

         (1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or
with this Indenture,

         (2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee
which is not inconsistent with such direction, and

         (3) the Trustee need not take any action which might involve it in
personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the Holders of Securities not
joining therein.

         In the event that the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction
pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss or expense caused by taking such
action or following such direction.

SECTION 5.13 Waiver of Past Defaults.

         The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Outstanding Securities may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities
waive any past default hereunder and its consequences, except a default:

         (1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest
on any Security, or

         (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article IX
cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Security.

         The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver
and attaching copies of such consents. Upon any such waiver, such default shall
cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to
have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any
right consequent thereon.

SECTION 5.14 Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws.

         The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that
it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim
or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever
enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants
or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such
law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to



                                       45

<PAGE>   54

the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as
though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 5.15 Undertaking for Costs.

         All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by
such Holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court
may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action
taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit
of any undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its
discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and
expenses, against any party litigant in such suit having due regard to the
merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but
the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the
Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in
the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities,
or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of
the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security on or after
the respective Stated Maturity expressed in such Security (or, in the case of
redemption or repurchase, on or after the Redemption Date or Repurchase Date, as
may be the case).

SECTION 5.16 Notice of Default or Event of Default.

         The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in
any event within 10 days after an officer of the Company becomes aware of the
occurrence of any Event of Default or any event which, with notice or the lapse
of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate
setting forth the details of such Event of Default or default and the action
which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 6.1 Notice of Defaults.

         Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder, the
Trustee shall transmit in the manner and to the extent provided in Trust
Indenture Act Section 313(c) and Section 1.6 hereof, notice of such default
hereunder actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless such
default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the
case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or
interest on any Security, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such
notice if and so long as Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith
determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders
of the Securities; and provided further that in the case of any default or
breach of the character specified in Section 5.1(3), no such notice to Holders
shall be given until at least 60 days after the occurrence thereof. For the
purpose of this Section, the term "default" means any event which is, or after
notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.



                                       46
<PAGE>   55

SECTION 6.2 Certain Duties and Responsibilities.


         (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in such exercise, as a prudent man would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

         (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

                  (i) the Trustee need perform only those duties that are
         specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied
         covenants or obligations will be read into this Indenture against the
         Trustee; and

                  (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
         conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
         correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
         opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of
         this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions
         which are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee by any
         of the provisions hereof, the Trustee will examine the certificates and
         opinions to determine whether or not, on their face, they appear to
         conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

         (c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own gross negligent action, its own gross
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

                  (i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph
         (b) of this Section 6.2;

                  (ii) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment
         made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that
         the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

                  (iii) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any
         action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with the
         direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Holders of a
         majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities relating to
         the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
         available to the Trustee, or when exercising any other trust or power
         conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture; and

                  (iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee
         to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial
         liability in the performance of any or its duties hereunder or in the
         exercise of any of its rights or powers hereunder if it has reasonable
         grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate
         indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to
         it.



                                       47
<PAGE>   56

         (d) Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of
this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to clauses (i),
(ii), (iii) and (iv) of paragraph (c) of this Section 6.2.

SECTION 6.3 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

         The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the
Trustee's certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the
Company and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any
responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to
the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities, except that
the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this
Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder.
Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the
use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 6.4 May Hold Securities.

         The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Security Registrar,
Authenticating Agent or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any
other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to
Sections 6.12 and 6.13, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights
it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent,
Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or such other agent.

SECTION 6.5 Money Held in Trust.

         Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be
under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as
otherwise agreed with the Company in writing.

SECTION 6.6 Compensation and Reimbursement.

         The Company agrees:

         (1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for
all services rendered by it hereunder as agreed with the Company in writing
(which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to
the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

         (2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse each of
the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee upon its request for all reasonable
expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in
accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable
compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel),
except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its
negligence or bad faith; and



                                       48
<PAGE>   57

         (3) to indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee and
their agents for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, claim,
damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred
without negligence or bad faith on its own part, arising out of or in connection
with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder,
including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this
Section 6.6), defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by a Holder,
the Company or otherwise) or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

         When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with
an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(5) or Section 5.1(6), the expenses
(including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the
compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law.

         As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under
this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon all
property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held
in trust for the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on
particular Securities. The Trustee's right to receive payment of any amounts due
under this Section 6.6 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Debt
of the Company (even though the Securities may be so subordinated).

         The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this
Indenture, the resignation and removal of any Trustee, the discharge of the
Company's obligations hereunder and any rejection or termination under any
applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws.

SECTION 6.7 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

         There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible
to act as Trustee under the Trust Indenture Act and shall have (or, in the case
of a subsidiary of a bank holding company, its corporate parent shall have) a
combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or
examination by Federal or State authority and in good standing under the laws of
the United States or of any State or the District of Columbia. If such
corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or
the requirements of Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia
supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the
combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its
combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition
so published. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.13, if at any time the
Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this
Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect
hereinafter specified in this Article. The Trustee or an Affiliate of the
Trustee shall maintain an established place of business in the Borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York.



                                       49
<PAGE>   58

SECTION 6.8 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

         (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a
successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the
acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the
applicable requirements of Section 6.9.

         (b) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof
to the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not
have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such
notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

         (c) The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities delivered to the
Trustee and the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee
shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of
such notice of removal, the Trustee who is being removed may petition any court
of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

         (d) If at any time:

                  (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of
Section 6.13 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a
Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months,
or

                  (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.7
and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any
Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least
six months, or

                  (3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be
adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property
shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the
Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation,
conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by or pursuant to a Board Resolution may
remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee, or (ii) subject to Section
5.15, any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for
at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly
situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the
Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

         (e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of
acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the
Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or
incapacity, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be
appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Securities delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the
successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance or such
appointment, become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the
successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee shall have
been so appointed by the Company or the Holders of Securities and accepted



                                       50
<PAGE>   59

appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder of a Security who has
been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of
such Holder and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

         (f) So long as no Event of Default or event which is, or after notice
or lapse of time, or both, could become, an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, and except with respect to a Trustee appointed by or at the
request of the Holders of Securities pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section,
if the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) a Board Resolution
appointing a successor Trustee, effective as of a date specified therein, and
(ii) an instrument accepting such appointment, effective as of such date, by
such successor Trustee in accordance with Section 6.9, the Trustee shall be
deemed to have resigned as contemplated in subsection (b) of this Section, the
successor Trustee shall be deemed to have been appointed by the Company pursuant
to subsection (e) of this Section and such appointment shall be deemed to have
been accepted as contemplated in Section 6.9, all as of the date specified in
such Board Resolution, and all other provisions of this Section and Section 6.9
shall be applicable to such resignation, appointment and acceptance except to
the extent inconsistent with this subsection (f).

         (g) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal
of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee in the manner
provided for notices to the Holders of Securities in Section 1.6. Each notice
shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate
Trust Office.

SECTION 6.9 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

         (a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, every
such successor Trustee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and
the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such
successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become
vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee;
but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee
shall, upon payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section
6.6, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee
all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly
assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money
held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if
any, provided for in Section 6.6.

         (b) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall
execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and
confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred
to in paragraph (a) of this Section.

         (c) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the
time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible
under this Article.



                                       51
<PAGE>   60

SECTION 6.10 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

         Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or
with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any
corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of the Trustee (including the administration of the trust created by
this Indenture), shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such
corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article,
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated,
but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger,
conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such
authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect
as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities. In case
any Securities shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee,
any such successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Securities, in
either its own name or that of its predecessor Trustee, with the full force and
effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of
the Trustee.

SECTION 6.11 Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

         The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents reasonably
acceptable to the Company with respect to the Securities which shall be
authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities issued
upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption or, repurchase
thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of
this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if
authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced
by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a
copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Wherever
reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of
Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of authentication, such
reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of
the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication
executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each
Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times
be a bank or trust company or corporation organized and doing business and in
good standing under the laws of the United States or of any State or the
District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent,
having (or, in the case of a subsidiary of a bank holding company, its corporate
parent shall have) a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and
subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such
Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant
to law or the requirements of Federal, State, Territorial or District of
Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this
Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be
deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent
report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall
cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such
Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect
specified in this Section.

         Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or



                                       52
<PAGE>   61

consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any
corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate agency or
corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an
Authenticating Agent (including the authenticating agency contemplated by this
Indenture), provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this
Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or further act on the part
of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

         An Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice
of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time
terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of
termination to such Authenticating Agent and the Company. Upon receiving such a
notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating
Agent which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company and shall give notice
of such appointment to all Holders of Securities in the manner set forth in
Section 1.6. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its
appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties
of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an
Authenticating Agent herein. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be
appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

         The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to
time reasonable compensation including reimbursement of its reasonable expenses
for its services under this Section.

         If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities may
have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee's certificate of
authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication substantially in the
following form:

         This is one of the 5 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006
referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:
         ---------------------------

State Street Bank and Trust Company
 of California, N.A., as Trustee


By:
   -----------------------------
     as Authenticating Agent


By:
   -----------------------------
     Authorized Signatory



                                       53
<PAGE>   62

SECTION 6.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

         If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company
(or any other obligor upon the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the
provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against
the Company (or any such other obligor).

SECTION 6.13 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

         If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the
meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such
interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to
the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

SECTION 6.14 Certain Rights of Trustee

         Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1:

         (1) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting
or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,
debenture, note or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile
form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the
proper party or parties;

         (2) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be
sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order (other than
delivery of any Security to the Trustee for authentication and delivery pursuant
to Section 3.3 which shall be sufficiently evidenced as provided therein) and
any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a
Board Resolution;

         (3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall
deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking,
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence
be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part,
conclusively rely upon an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel;

         (4) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the
advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete
authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted
by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

         (5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of
any of the Holders of Securities pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders
shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the
Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by
it in compliance with such request or direction;



                                       54
<PAGE>   63

         (6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture,
note, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make
such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see
fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises
of the Company personally or by agent or attorney;

         (7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it
hereunder; and

         (8) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or
omitted by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or
within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

SECTION 7.1 The Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

         The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

                  (a) semi-annually, not later than 15 days after the Regular
Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the
names and addresses of the Holders of Securities as of such Regular Record Date,
and

                  (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in Writing,
within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of
similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time
such list is furnished,

provided, however, that, so long as the Trustee is the Security Registrar, no
such list shall be required to be furnished.

SECTION 7.2 Reports by Trustee.

         (a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the
Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the
Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided by the Trust
Indenture Act. Reports required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act Section
313(a), if any, will be transmitted annually.



                                       55
<PAGE>   64

         (b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission
to Holder, be filed with the Commission and the Company. The Company will notify
the Trustee, in writing, if and when the Securities are listed on any stock
exchange.

SECTION 7.3 Reports by Company.

         The Company shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, and
transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, if any, and
such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act
at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any
such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed with the
Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the
Commission.

SECTION 7.4 Preservation Of Information; Communications to Holders.

         (1) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent
list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and
addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security
Registrar if the Trustee is acting in such capacity. The Trustee may destroy any
list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so
furnished.

         (2) The rights of the Holders to communicate with other Holders with
respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the
corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the
Trust Indenture Act and other applicable law.

         (3) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same,
agrees with the Company and the Trustee that none of the Company, the Trustee or
any agent of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure
of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust
Indenture Act.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, LEASE OR CONVEYANCE

SECTION 8.1 Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

         The Company (1) shall not consolidate with or merge into any other
Person or, directly or indirectly, convey, transfer, sell, lease or otherwise
dispose of its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety to any Person, and (2) shall not permit any Person to consolidate or
merge with or into the Company or convey, transfer, sell, lease or otherwise
dispose of such Person's properties and assets as an entirety or substantially
as an entirety to the Company, unless:

         (a) the Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the
Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer or sale,
or which leases or



                                       56
<PAGE>   65

otherwise acquires, the properties and assets of the Company as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety (i) shall be a corporation, limited liability
company, partnership or trust, (ii) shall be organized and validly existing
under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the
District of Columbia and (iii) shall expressly assume, by an indenture
supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory
to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium,
if any) and interest on all the Securities and the performance or observance of
every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or
observed;

         (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of
Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become
an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

         (c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger,
conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition and, if a supplemental
indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental
indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein
provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with, together with
any documents required by Section 9.3.

SECTION 8.2 Successor Substituted.

         Upon any consolidation by the Company with, or merger by the Company
into, any other Person or any conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other
disposition of the properties and assets of the Company as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety as described in Section 8.1, the Person resulting
from such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such
conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition is made, will succeed to,
and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company
under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been
named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the
predecessor (if still in existence) will be released from its obligations and
covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 9.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.

         Without the consent of any Holders of Securities, the Company, when
authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time
and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental
hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:



                                       57
<PAGE>   66

         (1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the
assumption by any such successor of the covenants and obligations of the Company
herein and in the Securities as permitted by Article VIII; or

         (2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the
Holders of the Securities or to surrender any right or power herein conferred
upon the Company; or

         (3) to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the
Holders of the Securities provided, however, that in respect of any such
additional Events of Default such supplemental indenture may provide for a
particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer
than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate
enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee
upon such default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Securities to waive such default; or

         (4) to secure the Securities; or

         (5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder
by a successor Trustee; or

         (6) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision
herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein,
or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising
under this Indenture which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this
Indenture as the Company and the Trustee may deem necessary or desirable;
provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the
Holders of Securities in any material respect; or

         (7) subject to Section 13.15, to make any change in Article XIII that
would limit or terminate the benefits to any holder of Senior Debt under such
Article; or

         (8) to comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act; or

         (9) to make any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights
under this Indenture of any Holder of Securities; or

         (10) to change any Place of Payment to another location within the same
city provided that the Company delivers notice of such change to the Holders
prior to such change of Place of Payment; or

         (11) to add a guarantor of the Securities.

SECTION 9.2 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

         With either (i) the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority
in principal amount of all Outstanding Securities by the Act of said Holders
delivered to the Company and the



                                       58
<PAGE>   67

Trustee, or (ii) by the adoption of a resolution, at a meeting of Holders of the
Outstanding Securities at which a quorum is present, by the Holders of at least
66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities represented
at such meeting, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board
Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures
supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities under this
Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without
the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby:

         (1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of (or premium, if any,
on) or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security; or reduce
the principal amount thereof or the rate or amount of interest thereon, or any
premium payable upon the redemption or mandatory repurchase thereof, or
adversely affect any right of repurchase at the option of the Holder of any
Security, or change the city of any Place of Payment where, or the currency in
which, the principal of or any premium or the interest on any Security is
payable, including any payment of the Redemption Price or Repurchase Price in
respect of such Security or impair the right to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, (or, in
the case of redemption or repurchase at the option of the Holder, on or after
the Redemption Date or the Repurchase Date, as the case may be), or

         (2) reduce the requirements of Section 15.4 for quorum or voting or the
percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of
whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of
whose Holders is required for any waiver with respect to such Outstanding
Securities (or compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain
defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or

         (3) modify any of the provisions of this Section or Sections 5.13 or
10.8, except to increase the required percentage to effect such action or to
provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or
waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected
thereby, or

         (4) release any guarantors from their guarantees of the Securities, or,
except as contemplated in any supplemental indenture, make any change in a
guarantee of a Security that would adversely affect the interests of the
Holders, or

         (5) adversely affect the right of a Holder of a Security to require the
Company to repurchase any Note other than as provided in Article XII, or

         (6) adversely affect the right of a Holder of a Security to require the
Company to convert any Note other than as provided in Article XIV, or

         (7) modify the obligation of the Company to maintain an office or
agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, pursuant to Section
10.2.



                                       59
<PAGE>   68

         It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall
be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 9.3 Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

         In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any
supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modification thereby of
the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive,
and subject to Section 6.2 shall be fully protected in relying upon, an
Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the execution
of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, is
in compliance with Article IX, constitutes the legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to
customary exceptions) and that all conditions precedent to the execution of such
supplemental indenture have been fulfilled. The Trustee may, but shall not be
obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the
Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 9.4 Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

         Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article,
this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental
indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder
of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder
shall be bound thereby.

SECTION 9.5 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

         Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall
conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

SECTION 9.6 Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

         Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall, if required by
the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter
provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine,
new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the
Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the
Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for
Outstanding Securities.

SECTION 9.7 Notice of Supplemental Indentures.

         Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Article IX, the Company
shall give notice thereof to the Holders of each Outstanding Security affected,
in the manner provided for in Section 1.6, setting forth in general terms the
substance of such supplemental indenture.



                                       60
<PAGE>   69




                                    ARTICLE X

                                    COVENANTS

SECTION 10.1 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

         The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of
Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium,
if any) and interest on the Securities in accordance with the terms thereof. The
Company will deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee, no later than
the opening of business on the date of the Stated Maturity of any Security or no
later than the opening of business on the due date for any installment of
interest, all payments so due, which payments shall be in immediately available
funds on the date of such Stated Maturity or due date, as the case may be.

SECTION 10.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

         The Company shall maintain in each Place of Payment an office or agency
where Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment or conversion,
where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and
where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities
and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of each such office
or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required
office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof,
such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the
Trustee its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands.

         The Company may from time to time designate one or more other offices
or agencies where Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all of
such purposes, and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided,
however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the
Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in accordance with the
requirements set forth above for Securities for such purposes. The Company will
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission
and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The
Company hereby designates as a Place of Payment for Securities the office or
agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and
initially appoints State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., an Affiliate of
the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office in such city as Paying Agent,
Security Registrar and Conversion Agent and as its agent to receive all such
presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.



                                       61
<PAGE>   70




SECTION 10.3 Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust.

         If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it will,
on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest
on, the Securities, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons
entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or
interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or
otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee
of its action or failure so to act.

         Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for the
Securities, it will, no later than the opening of business on each due date of
the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any Securities, deposit
with a Paying Agent a sum in immediately available funds sufficient to pay the
principal (and premium, if any) or interest, so becoming due, such sum to be
held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal (and
premium, if any) or interest and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the
Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

         The Company will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument satisfactory to the Trustee in
which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions
of this Section, that such Paying Agent will

         (1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of (and
premium, if any) or interest on Securities in trust for the benefit of the
Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or
otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

         (2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other
obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any such payment of principal (and
premium, if any) or interest;

         (3) at any time during the continuance of any such default upon the
written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in
trust by such Paying Agent; and

         (4) acknowledge, accept and agree to comply in all respects with the
provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties, rights and liabilities of
such Paying Agent.

         The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or
by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in
trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee
upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or
such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee,
such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to
such sums.

         Except as otherwise provided in the Securities, any money deposited
with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for
the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any
Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and
premium, if any) and interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the



                                       62
<PAGE>   71

Company upon Company Request or (if then held by the Company) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as
an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment of such
principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Security, without interest
thereon, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to
such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall
thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
Company cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper, notice that such
money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall
not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed
balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

SECTION 10.4 Existence.

         Subject to Article VIII, the Company will do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence,
rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the
Company shall not be required to preserve any right or franchise if the Board of
Directors determines that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the
conduct of the business of the Company and the loss thereof is not
disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 10.5 Maintenance of Properties.

         The Company will cause all of the properties of itself and of each
Subsidiary used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any
Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order
and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all
necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof,
all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business
carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted
at all times; provided, however, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be
prevented from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of such
properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable
in the conduct of its business and not disadvantageous in any material respect
to the Holders.

SECTION 10.6 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

         The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged,
before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and
governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or any Subsidiary or upon the
income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, (2) all lawful
claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a
lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; and (3) all stamps and
similar duties, if any, which may be imposed by the United States or any
political subdivision thereof or taxing authority thereof or therein in
connection with the issuance, transfer, exchange or conversion of any Securities
or with respect to this Indenture; provided, however, that, in the case of
clauses (1) and (2) that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge
or cause to



                                       63
<PAGE>   72

be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount,
applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings.

SECTION 10.7 Statement as to Compliance.

         The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end
of each fiscal year, a brief certificate in the form of an Officers' Certificate
from its chief executive officer, chief operating officer, or principal
accounting officer as to his or her best knowledge of the Company's compliance
with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture and, in the event of any
noncompliance, specifying such noncompliance and the nature and status thereof.
For purposes of this Section 10.7, such compliance shall be determined without
regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

SECTION 10.8 Waiver of Certain Covenants.

         The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any
term, provision or condition set forth in Section 10.4 (other than with respect
to the existence of the Company (subject to Article VII)), 10.5 and 10.6,
inclusive (other than a covenant or condition which under Article IX cannot be
modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding
Security affected), if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders
of at least a majority in principal amount of all outstanding Securities, by Act
of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally
waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall
extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly
waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the
Company and the duties of the Trustee or any Paying Agent or Conversion Agent in
respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and
effect.

SECTION 10.9 Statement by Officers as to Default.

         The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in
any event within 10 days after an officer of Company becomes aware of the
occurrence of any Event of Default or any event which, with notice or the lapse
of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate
setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default and the action
which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                            REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 11.1 Right of Redemption.

         The Securities may be redeemed in accordance with the provisions of the
form of Securities set forth in Section 2.2.



                                       64
<PAGE>   73
SECTION 11.2 Applicability of Article.

         Redemption of Securities at the election of the Company or otherwise,
as permitted or required by any provision of the Securities or this Indenture,
shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article XI.

SECTION 11.3 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

         The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced
by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election
of the Company of less than all of the Securities, the Company shall, at least
45 but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter
notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such
Redemption Date and of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed.

SECTION 11.4 Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed.

         If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular
Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 30 days prior to the
Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities not previously
called for redemption, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem
fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of
portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities or any
integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of a
denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination therefor.

         If any Security selected for partial redemption is converted in part
before termination of the conversion right with respect to the portion of the
Security so selected, the converted portion of such Security shall be deemed (so
far as may be) to be the portion selected for redemption. Securities which have
been converted during a selection of Securities to be redeemed may be treated by
the Trustee as Outstanding for the purpose of such selection. The Trustee shall
promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar (if other than itself) in
writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any
Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be
redeemed.

         For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise
requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate,
in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the
portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be
redeemed.

SECTION 11.5 Notice of Redemption.

         Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section
1.6, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date to
each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at such Holder's address appearing in
the Security Register and such notice shall be irrevocable.

         All notices of redemption shall include a description of the Securities
and shall state:

         (1) the Redemption Date,



                                       65
<PAGE>   74

         (2) the Redemption Price, accrued interest to the Redemption Date
payable as provided in Section 11.7, if any,

         (3) if less than all Outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the
identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amount) of
the particular Security or Securities to be redeemed,

         (4) in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice
which relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption
Date, upon surrender of such Security, the holder will receive, without a
charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the
principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

         (5) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price and accrued
interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 11.7, if any,
will become due and payable upon each such Security, or the portion thereof, to
be redeemed and that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after said
date,

         (6) the Place or Places of Payment where such Securities maturing after
the Redemption Date, are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price
and accrued interest, if any, or for conversion,

         (7) the CUSIP number of such Security, if any, and

         (8) the then existing Conversion Rate, the date and time when the
option to convert such Securities to be redeemed shall expire and the places
where such Securities may be surrendered for conversion.

         Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed shall be given by the
Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in the name and at the
expense of the Company.

SECTION 11.6 Deposit of Redemption Price.

         At least one Business Day prior to any Redemption Date, the Company
shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is
acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in
Section 10.3) an amount of money sufficient to pay on the Redemption Date the
Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest
Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof which
are to be redeemed on that date other than any Securities called for redemption
on that date which have been converted prior to the date of such deposit.

SECTION 11.7 Securities Payable on Redemption Date.

         Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so
to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the
Redemption Price therein



                                       66
<PAGE>   75

specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the
payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest in which case the
Securities to be redeemed shall continue to bear interest at the default rate of
interest, if any) such Securities shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender
of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such
Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with
accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that
installments of interest on Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to
the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one
or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on
the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section
3.7.

         If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon
surrender thereof for redemption as a result of the failure by the Company to
fund such redemption, the principal of (and premium, if any) and, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, accrued interest on such Security shall, until
paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at a rate of 7 1/4% per annum and
such Security shall remain convertible until the full Redemption Price and
accrued interest shall have been paid or duly provided for.

SECTION 11.8 Securities Redeemed in Part.

         Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered
at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires,
due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to
the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such
Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security
without service charge a new Security or Securities of any authorized
denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to
and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so
surrendered.

SECTION 11.9 Conversion Arrangement on Call For Redemption.

         In connection with any redemption of the Securities, the Company may
arrange for the purchase and conversion of any Securities by an agreement with
one or more investment bankers or other purchasers (the "Purchasers") to
purchase such Securities by paying to the Trustee in trust for the Holders, on
or before the Redemption Date, an amount not less than the applicable Redemption
Price, together with interest accrued and unpaid to the Redemption Date, of such
Securities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article
XI, the obligation of the Company to pay the Redemption Price, together with
interest accrued and unpaid to the Redemption Date, shall be deemed to be
satisfied and discharged to the extent such amount is so paid by such
Purchasers. If such an agreement is entered into (a copy of which shall be filed
with the Trustee prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately
prior to the Redemption Date), any Securities called for redemption that are not
duly surrendered for conversion by the Holders thereof may, at the option of the
Company, be deemed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and consistent with
any agreement or agreements with such Purchasers, to be acquired by such
Purchasers from such Holders and (notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Article XI) surrendered by such Purchasers for conversion, all
as of



                                       67
<PAGE>   76

immediately prior to the close of business on the Redemption Date (and the right
to convert any such Securities shall be extended through such time), subject to
payment of the above amount as aforesaid. At the direction of the Company, the
Trustee shall hold and dispose of any such amount paid to it by the Purchasers
to the Holders in the same manner as it would monies deposited with it by the
Company for the redemption of Securities. Without the Trustee's prior written
consent, no arrangement between the Company and such Purchasers for the purchase
and conversion of any Securities shall increase or otherwise affect any of the
powers, duties, responsibilities or obligations of the Trustee as set forth in
this Indenture, and the Company agrees to indemnify the Trustee from, and hold
it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense arising out of or in
connection with any such arrangement for the purchase and conversion of any
Securities between the Company and such Purchasers, including the costs and
expenses, including reasonable legal fees, incurred by the Trustee in the
defense of any claim or liability arising out of or in connection with the
exercise or performance of any of its powers, duties, responsibilities or
obligations under this Indenture.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                     REPURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT THE OPTION
                      OF HOLDERS UPON THE CHANGE OF CONTROL

SECTION 12.1 Right to Require Repurchase.

         In the event that a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) shall
occur, then each Holder shall have the right, at the Holder's option, but
subject to the provisions of Section 12.2., to require the Company to
repurchase, and upon the exercise of such right the Company shall repurchase,
all of such Holder's Securities not theretofore called for redemption, or any
portion of the principal amount thereof that is equal to $1,000 or any integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof (provided that no single Securities may be
repurchased in part unless the portion of the principal amount of such
Securities to be Outstanding after such repurchase is equal to $1,000 or
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof), on the date (the "Repurchase
Date") that is 45 days after the date of the Company Notice at a purchase price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be repurchased plus
interest accrued to the Repurchase Date (the "Repurchase Price"); provided,
however, that installments of interest on Securities whose Stated Maturity is on
or prior to the Repurchase Date shall be payable to the Holders of such
Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such on the
relevant Record Date according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.7.
Such right to require the repurchase of the Securities shall not continue after
a discharge of the Company from its obligations with respect to the Securities
in accordance with the provision of Article IV unless a Change in Control shall
have occurred prior to such discharge. At the option of the Company, the
Repurchase Price may be paid in cash or, subject to the fulfillment by the
Company of the conditions set forth Section 12.2, by delivery of shares of
Common Stock having a fair market value equal to the Repurchase Price. Whenever
in this Indenture (including Sections 2.2, 3.1, 5.1(2) and 5.8) there is a
reference, in any context, to the principal of any Securities as of any time,
such reference shall be deemed to include reference to the Repurchase Price
payable in respect of such Securities to the extent that such Repurchase Price
is, was or would be so payable



                                       68
<PAGE>   77

at such time, and express mention of the Repurchase Price in any provision of
this Indenture shall not be construed as excluding the Repurchase Price in those
provisions of this Indenture when such express mention is not made; provided,
however, that for the purposes of Article XIV such reference shall be deemed to
include reference to the Repurchase Price only to the extent the Repurchase
Price is payable in cash.

SECTION 12.2 Conditions to The Company's Election to Pay the Repurchase Price
              in Common Stock.

         The Company may elect to pay the Repurchase Price by delivery of shares
of Common Stock pursuant to Section 12.1 if and only if the following conditions
shall have been satisfied:

         (1) The shares of Common Stock deliverable in payment of the Repurchase
Price shall have a fair market value as of the Repurchase Date of not less than
the Repurchase Price. For purposes of Section 12.1 and this Section 12.2, the
fair market value of shares of Common Stock shall be determined by the Company
and shall be equal to 95% of the average of the Closing Prices Per Share of the
Common Stock for the five consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding and
including the third Trading Day prior to the Repurchase Date;

         (2) The shares of Common Stock to be issued upon repurchase of
Securities hereunder (i) shall not require registration under any federal
securities law before such shares may be freely transferable without being
subject to any transfer restrictions under the Securities Act upon repurchase
or, if such registration is required, such registration shall be completed and
shall become effective prior to the Repurchase Date, and (ii) shall not require
registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any state law
or any other federal law before such shares may be validly issued or delivered
upon repurchase or if such registration is required or such approval must be
obtained, such registration shall be completed or such approval shall be
obtained prior to the Repurchase Date;

         (3) The shares of Common Stock to be issued upon repurchase of
Securities hereunder are, or shall have been, approved for quotation on the
Nasdaq National Market or listed on a national securities exchange, in any case,
prior to the Repurchase Date; and

         (4) All shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon repurchase of
Securities will be issued out of the Company's authorized but unissued Common
Stock and, will upon issue, be duly and validly issued and fully paid and
non-assessable and free of any preemptive or similar rights.

         If all of the conditions set forth in this Section 12.2 are not
satisfied in accordance with the terms thereof, the Repurchase Price shall be
paid by the Company only in cash.

SECTION 12.3 Notices; Method of Exercising Repurchase Right, Etc.

         (a) Unless the Company shall have theretofore called for redemption all
of the Outstanding Securities, on or before the 30th day after the occurrence of
a Change in Control, the Company or, at the request and expense of the Company
on or before the 30th day after such



                                       69
<PAGE>   78

occurrence, the Trustee, shall give to all Holders of Securities, in the manner
provided in Section 1.6 notice (the "Company Notice") of the occurrence of the
Change of Control and of the repurchase right set forth herein arising as a
result thereof. The Company shall also deliver a copy of such Company Notice to
the Trustee.

         Each notice of a repurchase right shall state:

                  (i) the Repurchase Date,

                  (ii) the date by which the repurchase right must be exercised
pursuant to Section 12.3(b),

                  (iii) the Repurchase Price, and whether the Repurchase Price
shall be paid by the Company in cash or by delivery of shares of Common Stock,

                  (iv) a description of the procedure which a Holder must follow
to exercise a repurchase right, and the place or places where such Securities,
are to be surrendered for payment of the Repurchase Price and accrued interest,
if any, to the Repurchase Date,

                  (v) that on the Repurchase Date the Repurchase Price, and
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will become due and payable upon each such
Securities designated by the Holder to be repurchased, and that interest thereon
shall cease to accrue on and after said date,

                  (vi) the Conversion Rate then in effect, the date on which the
right to convert the principal amount of the Securities to be repurchased will
terminate and the place or places where such Securities may be surrendered for
conversion, and

                  (vii) the place or places that the Securities certificate with
the Election of Holder to Require Repurchase as specified in Section 2.2 shall
be delivered.

                  No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices or
defect therein shall limit any Holder's right to exercise a repurchase right or
affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of Securities.

                  If any of the foregoing provisions or other provisions of this
Article VIII are inconsistent with applicable law, such law shall govern.

         (b) To exercise a repurchase right, a Holder shall deliver to the
Trustee on or before the 30th day after the date of the Company Notice (i)
written notice of the Holder's exercise of such right, which notice shall set
forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Securities to be
repurchased (and, if any Securities is to repurchased in part, the serial number
thereof, the portion of the principal amount thereof to be repurchased and the
name of the Person in which the portion thereof to remain Outstanding after such
repurchase is to be registered) and a statement that an election to exercise the
repurchase right is being made thereby, and, in the event that the Repurchase
Price shall be paid in shares of Common Stock, the name or names (with
addresses) in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock
shall be



                                       70
<PAGE>   79

issued, and (ii) the Securities with respect to which the repurchase right is
being exercised. Such written notice shall be irrevocable, except that the right
of the Holder to convert the Securities with respect to which the repurchase
right is being exercised shall continue until the close of business on the
Repurchase Date.

         (c) In the event a repurchase right shall be exercised in accordance
with the terms hereof, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee
the Repurchase Price in cash or shares of Common Stock, as provided above, for
payment to the Holder on the Repurchase Date or, if shares of Common Stock are
to be paid, as promptly after the Repurchase Date as practicable, together with
accrued and unpaid interest to the Repurchase Date payable with respect to the
Securities as to which the repurchase right has been exercised; provided,
however, that installments of interest that mature on or prior to the Repurchase
Date shall be payable in cash to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more
Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the
relevant Regular Record Date. The Company covenants that, if the Repurchase
Price is to be paid in cash, at least one Business Day prior to the Repayment
Date it will deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company
is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in
Section 10.3) an amount of money sufficient to pay the principal of, and (except
if the Repayment Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on,
all the Securities or portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid on such
Repayment Date.

         (d) If any Securities (or portion thereof) surrendered for repurchase
shall not be so paid on the Repurchase Date, the principal amount of such
Securities (or portion thereof, as the case may be) shall, until paid, bear
interest to the extent permitted by applicable law from the Repurchase Date at
the rate of 7 1/4% per annum, and each Securities shall remain convertible into
Common Stock until the principal of such Securities (or portion thereof, as the
case may be) shall have been paid or duly provided for.

         (e) Any Securities which is to be repurchased only in part shall be
surrendered to the Trustee (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due
endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder's
attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the
Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such
Securities without service charge, a new Security or Securities, containing
identical terms and conditions, each in an authorized denomination in aggregate
principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unrepurchased portion of the
principal of the Securities so surrendered.

         (f) Any issuance of shares of Common Stock in respect of the Repurchase
Price shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of
business on the Repurchase Date and the Person or Persons in whose name or names
any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be issuable
upon such repurchase shall be deemed to have become on the Repurchase Date the
holder or holders of record of the shares represented thereby; provided,
however, that any surrender for repurchase on a date when the stock transfer
books of the Company shall be closed shall constitute the Person or Persons in
whose name or names the certificate or certificates for such shares are to be
issued as the record holder or holders thereof



                                       71
<PAGE>   80

for all purposes at the opening of business on the next succeeding day on which
such stock transfer books are open. No payment or adjustment shall be made for
dividends or distributions on any Common Stock issued upon repurchase of any
Securities declared prior to the Repurchase Date.

         (g) No fractions of shares shall be issued upon repurchase of
Securities. If more than one Security shall be repurchased from the same Holder
and the Repurchase Price shall be payable in shares of Common Stock, the number
of full shares which shall be issuable upon such repurchase shall be computed on
the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities so repurchased.
Instead of any fractional share of Common Stock which would otherwise be
issuable on the repurchase of any Securities or Securities, the Company will
deliver to the applicable Holder its check for the current market value of such
fractional share. The current market value of a fraction of a share is
determined by multiplying the current market price of a full share by the
fraction, and rounding the result to the nearest cent. For purposes of this
Section, the current market price of a share of Common Stock is the Closing
Price Per Share of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the
Repurchase Date.

         (h) Any issuance and delivery of certificates for shares of Common
Stock on repurchase of Securities shall be made without charge to the Holder of
Securities being repurchased for such certificates or for any tax or duty in
respect of the issuance or delivery of such certificates or the Securities
represented thereby; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required
to pay any tax or duty which may be payable in respect of (i) income of the
Holder or (ii) any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of certificates
for shares of Common Stock in a name other than that of the Holder of the
Securities being repurchased, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made
unless and until the Person requesting such issuance or delivery has paid to the
Company the amount of any such tax or duty or has established, to the
satisfaction of the Company, that such tax or duty has been paid.

         (i) All Securities delivered for repurchase shall be delivered to the
Trustee to be canceled at the direction of the Trustee, which shall dispose of
the same as provided in Section 3.9.

SECTION 12.4 Certain Definitions.

         For purposes of this Article XII,

         (1) the term "beneficial owner" shall be determined in accordance with
Rule 13d-3, as in effect on the date of the original execution of this
Indenture, promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act;

         (2) a "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred at the time,
after the original issuance of the Securities, of:

                  (i) the acquisition by any Person (including any syndicate or
group deemed to be a "person" under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act as in
effect on the date of



                                       72
<PAGE>   81

the original execution of this Indenture) of beneficial ownership, directly or
indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or
series of transactions, of shares of Capital Stock of the Company entitling such
person to exercise 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of
Capital Stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the elections of
directors (or persons holding a similar function), other than any such
acquisition by the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any employee
benefit plan of the Company; or

                  (ii) any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the
Company into, any other Person, any merger of another Person into the Company,
or any conveyance, sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company to another Person (other than (a)
any such transaction (x) which does not result in any reclassification,
conversion, exchange or cancellation of outstanding shares of Capital Stock of
the Company and (y) pursuant to which the holders of the Common Stock
immediately prior to such transaction have the entitlement to exercise, directly
or indirectly, 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of Capital
Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or persons
holding a similar function) of the continuing or surviving corporation
immediately after such transaction and (b) any merger which is effected solely
to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company and results in a
reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of Common Stock
into solely shares of common stock of the surviving entity);

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred
if the Closing Sales Price Per Share of the Common Stock for any five Trading
Days within the period of 10 consecutive Trading Days ending immediately after
the later of the Change in Control or the public announcement of the Change in
Control (in the case of a Change in Control under clause (i) above) or the
period of 10 consecutive Trading Days ending immediately before the Change in
Control (in the case of a Change in Control under clause (ii) above) shall equal
or exceed 105% of the Conversion Price of the Securities in effect on each such
Trading Day; and

         (3) the term "Closing Price Per Share" means, with respect to the
Common Stock, for any day, (i) the last reported sale price regular way on the
Nasdaq National Market or, (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on the Nasdaq
National Market, the last reported sale price regular way per share or, in case
no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported
closing bid and asked prices regular way, in either case, on the principal
national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to
trading, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not quoted on the Nasdaq National
Market or listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the
average of the closing bid prices in the over-the-counter market as furnished by
any Nasdaq National Market member firm selected from time to time by the Company
for that purpose.



                                       73
<PAGE>   82

SECTION 12.5 Consolidation, Merger, Etc.

         In the case of any consolidation, merger, conveyance, sale, transfer or
lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to which Section
14.11 applies, in which the Common Stock of the Company is changed or exchanged
as a result into the right to receive shares of stock and other securities or
property or assets (including cash) which includes shares of Common Stock of the
Company or common stock of another Person that are, or upon issuance will be,
traded on a United States national securities exchange or approved for trading
on an established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States
and such shares constitute at the time such change or exchange becomes effective
in excess of 50% of the aggregate fair market value of such shares of stock and
other securities, property and assets (including cash) (as determined by the
Company, which determination shall be conclusive and binding), then the Person
formed by such consolidation or resulting from such merger or combination or
which acquires the properties or assets (including cash) of the Company, as the
case may be, shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture
(which shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of
execution of such supplemental indenture) modifying the provisions of this
Indenture relating to the right of Holders to cause the Company to repurchase
the Securities following a Change in Control, including without limitation the
applicable provisions of this Article XII and the definitions of the Common
Stock and Change in Control, as appropriate, and such other related definitions
set forth herein and in the Indenture as determined in good faith by the Company
(which determination shall be conclusive and binding), to make such provisions
apply in the event of a subsequent Change of Control to the common stock and the
issuer thereof if different from the Company and Common Stock of the Company (in
lieu of the Company and the Common Stock of the Company).

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                  SUBORDINATION

SECTION 13.1 Agreement to Subordinate.

         The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Security agrees,
that the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities is subordinated in right of
payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article, to the prior
payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt and that the subordination is for the
benefit of the holders of Senior Debt.

SECTION 13.2 Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.

         Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or
dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property:

         (1) Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of
the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including all interest
accruing after the commencement of any such bankruptcy or similar proceeding) to
the date of payment on the Senior Debt before Holders shall be entitled to
receive any payment of principal of or interest on Securities;



                                       74
<PAGE>   83

         (2) until the Senior Debt is paid in full in cash, any distribution to
which Holders would be entitled but for this Article shall be made to holders of
Senior Debt as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive
securities that are subordinated in right of payment to Senior Debt to at least
the same extent as the Securities; and

         (3) the Trustee is entitled to rely upon an order or decree of a court
of competent jurisdiction or a certificate of a bankruptcy trustee or other
similar official for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to
participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Debt and other Company
debt, the amount thereof or payable thereon and all other pertinent facts
relating to the Trustee's obligations under this Article XIII.

         The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company
into, another Person or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following
the conveyance or transfer of its properties and assets substantially as an
entirety to another Person upon the terms and conditions set forth in Article
VIII shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization,
assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshaling of assets and liabilities
of the Company for the purposes of this Section if the Person formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or which acquires by
conveyance, transfer, lease, sale or other disposition such properties and
assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, as the case may be,
shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply
with the conditions set forth in Article VIII.

SECTION 13.3 No Payment in Certain Circumstances, Payment over of Proceeds

         No payment shall be made with respect to the principal of, or premium,
if any, or interest on the Securities (including, but not limited to, the
Redemption Price with respect to the Securities to be called for redemption in
accordance with Article XI or the Repurchase Price with respect to Securities
submitted for repurchase in accordance with Article XII), except payments and
distributions made by the Trustee as permitted by Section 13.11, if:

                  (i) a default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or
interest (including a default under any repurchase or redemption obligation) or
other amounts with respect to any Senior Debt occurs and is continuing (or, in
the case of Senior Debt for which there is a period of grace, in the event of
such a default that continues beyond the period of grace, if any, specified in
the instrument, agreement or lease evidencing such Senior Debt) unless and until
such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist; or

                  (ii) a default, other than a payment default, on any
Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing that then permits holders of
such Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives
a notice of the default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from a holder of such
Designated Senior Debt or any other person entitled to give such notice under
this Indenture.



                                       75
<PAGE>   84

         If the Trustee receives any Payment Blockage Notice pursuant to clause
(ii) above, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice shall be effective for
purposes of this Section unless and until (A) at least 365 days shall have
elapsed since the initial effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment
Blockage Notice, and (B) all scheduled payments of principal, premium, if any,
and interest on the Securities that have come due have been paid in full in
cash. No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of
delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the
basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.

         The Company may and shall resume payments on and distributions in
respect of the Securities upon the earlier of:

         (1) In the case of default referred to in clause (i) above, the date
upon which the default is cured or waived or ceases to exist, or

         (2) in the case of a default referred to in clause (ii) above, the
earlier of the date on which the nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179
days after the date on which the Trustee receives the Payment Blockage Notice,
if the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt has not been accelerated,

unless this Article otherwise prohibits the payment or distribution at the time
of such payment or distribution.

SECTION 13.4 Prior Payment of Senior Debt Upon Acceleration of Securities.

         In the event of the acceleration of the principal on the Securities
because of an Event of Default, no payment or distribution shall be made to the
Trustee or any holder of Securities in respect of the principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on the Securities (including, but not limited to, the
Redemption Price with respect to the Securities called for redemption in
accordance with Article XI or the Repurchase Price with respect to the
Securities submitted for repurchase in accordance with Article XII), except
payments and distributions made by the Trustee as permitted by this Article,
until all Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or other payment
satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt or such acceleration is rescinded in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 13.5 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.

         If a distribution is made to Holders that because of this Article
should not have been made to them, the Holders who receive the distribution
shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Debt and pay it over to them as
their interests may appear.

SECTION 13.6 Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

         Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to
in this Article, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 6.2, and the
Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree
entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such insolvency,
bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding up
or



                                       76
<PAGE>   85

similar case or proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in
bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit
of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution,
delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities, for the purpose of
ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or
distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the
Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or
distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article.

SECTION 13.7 Subrogation.

         Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Debt, the Holders of the
Securities shall be subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions
made to the holders of such Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of this
Article to the rights of the holders of such Senior Debt to receive payments and
distributions of cash, property and securities applicable to the Senior Debt
until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities
shall be paid in full. For purposes of such subrogation, no payments or
distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt of any cash, property or
securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be
entitled except for the provisions of this Article, and no payments over
pursuant to the provisions of this Article to the holders of Senior Debt by
Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company, its
creditors other than holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities,
be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of the
Senior Debt.

SECTION 13.8 Relative Rights.

         This Article XIII defines, and is intended solely to define, the
relative rights of Holders of Securities and holders of Senior Debt. Nothing
contained in this Indenture or the Securities shall:

         (1) impair, as between the Company and Holders of Securities, the
obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal
of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities as and when the same shall
become due and payable in accordance with their terms;

         (2) affect the relative rights against the Company of Holders of
Securities and creditors of the Company other than holders of Senior Debt; or

         (3) prevent the Trustee or any Holder of any Security from exercising
its available remedies upon the occurrence of a default or an Event of Default,
subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive cash, property and
securities otherwise payable to Holders of Securities.

         If the Company fails because of this Article to pay principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on a Security as and when the same shall become due
and payable, the failure is still a default.



                                       77
<PAGE>   86

SECTION 13.9 Subordination May Not Be Impaired By Company.

         No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of
the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities shall be impaired by any act or
failure to act by the Company or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

SECTION 13.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative.

         Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of
Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their
Representative.

SECTION 13.11 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.

         The Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the
Securities until it receives written notice of facts that would cause a payment
of principal of or interest on the Securities to violate the Article. Only the
Company, a Representative or a Holder of an issue of Senior Debt that has no
Representative may give the written notice.

         The Trustee has no fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt other
than as created under this Indenture. The Trustee in its individual or any other
capacity may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee.

         The Company's obligation to pay, and the Company's payment of, the
Trustee's fees pursuant to Section 6.6 are excluded from the operation of this
Article XIII.

SECTION 13.12 Notice to Trustee.

         The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact
known to the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the
Trustee in respect of the Securities. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Article or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be
charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the
making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities, unless
and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written
notice thereof from the Company or a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt
(including, without limitation, a holder of Designated Senior Debt) and, prior
to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the
provisions of Section 6.14, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no
such facts exist; provided, however, that if a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section 13.12 at
least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any
money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the
payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Security),
then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee
shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same
to the purpose for which such money was received and shall not be affected by
any notice to the contrary which may be received by a Responsible Offer of the
Trustee less than two Business Days prior to such date.



                                       78
<PAGE>   87

         Notwithstanding anything in this Article XIII to the contrary, nothing
shall prevent any payment by the Trustee to the Holders of monies deposited with
it pursuant to Section 4.1, and any such payment shall not be subject to the
provisions of Sections 13.2, 13.3 and 13.4.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 6.14, the Trustee shall be
entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person
representing himself to be a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt
(including, without limitation, a holder of Designated Senior Debt) to establish
that such notice has been given by a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt
(including, without limitation, a holder of Designated Senior Debt). In the
event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is
required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to
participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article, the Trustee
may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of
the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to
which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and
any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article, and
if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such
Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive
such payment.

SECTION 13.13 Payment Permitted If No Default.

         Nothing contained in this Article XIII or elsewhere in this Indenture
or in the Securities shall prevent (a) the Company, at any time except during
the pendency of any case, proceeding, dissolution, liquidation or in a
bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding
referred to in Section 13.2, during the circumstance referred to in the first
paragraph of Section 13.3 or under the conditions described in Section 13.4
hereof, from making payments at any time of principal of (and premium, if any)
or interest on the Securities (including, but not limited to, the Redemption
Price with respect to the Securities called for redemption in accordance with
Article XI or the Repurchase Price with respect to the Securities submitted for
repurchase in accordance with Article XII), or (b) the application by the
Trustee of any money deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account
of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities
(including, but not limited to, the Redemption Price with respect to the
Securities called for redemption in accordance with Article XI or the Repurchase
Price with respect to the Securities submitted for repurchase in accordance with
Article XII) or the retention of such payment by the Holders, if, at the time of
such application by the Trustee, it did not have knowledge that such payment
would have been prohibited by the provisions of this Article.

SECTION 13.14 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

         Each Holder of a Securities by its acceptance thereof authorizes and
directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or
appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article and
appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.



                                       79
<PAGE>   88

SECTION 13.15 Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions.

         Each Holder by accepting a Securities acknowledges and agrees that the
foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement
and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt, whether such Senior Debt
was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to
acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt and such
holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such
subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing
to hold, such Senior Debt, and no amendment or modification of the provisions
contained herein shall diminish the rights of such holders of Senior Debt unless
such holders shall have agreed in writing thereto.

SECTION 13.16 Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of
                Trustee's Rights.

         The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the
rights set forth in this Article with respect to any Senior Debt which may at
any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt,
and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as
such holder. Nothing in this Article shall apply to claims of, or payments to,
the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.6 hereof.

SECTION 13.17 Article Applicable to Paying Agents.

         In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have
been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee"
as used in this Article shall in such case (unless the context otherwise
requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within
its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were
named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided,
however, that Section 13.16 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company if it or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.

SECTION 13.18 Determination of Certain Conversions and Repurchases as
                Payments.

         For the purposes of this Article only, (a) the issuance and delivery of
junior securities upon (i) conversion of Securities in accordance with Article
XIV or (ii) the repurchase of Securities in accordance with Article VIII, shall
not be deemed to constitute a payment or distribution on account of the
principal of, or premium or interest on, Securities or on account of the
purchase or other acquisition of the Securities, and (b) the payment, issuance
or delivery of cash (except in satisfaction of fractional shares pursuant to
Section 14.3), property or securities (other than junior securities) upon
conversion of a Securities shall be deemed to constitute payment on account of
the principal of such Securities. For the purposes of this Section, the term
"junior securities" means (i) shares of any stock of any class of the Company
and securities into which the Securities are convertible pursuant to Article XIV
or the terms of the Securities and (ii) securities of the Company which are
subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Debt which may be outstanding at
the time of issuance or delivery of such securities to substantially the same
extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Securities are so subordinated as
provided in



                                       80
<PAGE>   89

this Article. Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture
or in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its
creditors other than holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities,
the right, which is absolute and unconditional, of the Holder of any Securities
to convert such Securities in accordance with Article XIV or to exchange such
Securities for Common Stock in accordance with Article XII if the Company elects
to satisfy the obligations under Article XII by the delivery of Common Stock.

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                            CONVERSION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 14.1 Conversion Privilege And Conversion Rate.

         Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article, at
the option of the Holder thereof, any Security or any portion of the principal
amount thereof which is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 may be
converted at the principal amount thereof, or of such portion thereof, into
fully paid and nonassessable shares (calculated as to each conversion to the
nearest 1/100 of a share) of Common Stock of the Company, at the Conversion
Rate, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion.
Such conversion right shall commence at anytime following the original issue
date of the Securities and expire at the close of business on the Business Day
immediately preceding the date of Maturity of such Securities. In case a
Security or portion thereof is called for redemption (or delivered for
repurchase, if applicable), such conversion right in respect of the Security or
portion so called shall expire at the close of business on the Business Day
immediately preceding the Redemption Date or Repurchase Date, if applicable,
unless the Company defaults in making the payment due upon redemption or
repurchase, if applicable. The rate at which shares of Common Stock shall be
delivered upon conversion (the "Conversion Rate") shall be initially 20.1898
shares of Common Stock for each $1,000 principal amount of the Securities. The
Conversion Rate shall be adjusted in certain instances as provided in this
Article XIV.

SECTION 14.2 Exercise Of Conversion Privilege.

         In order to exercise the conversion privilege, the Holder of any
Security to be converted shall surrender such Security, duly endorsed in blank
or assigned to the Company at any office or agency of the Company, maintained
for that purpose pursuant to Section 10.2 accompanied by a duly signed notice of
conversion substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.4 stating that the
Holder elects to convert such Security or, if less than the entire principal
amount thereof is to be converted, the portion thereof to be converted.
Securities surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of
business on any Regular Record Date next preceding any Interest Payment Date to
the opening of business on such Interest Payment Date shall (except in the case
of Securities or portions thereof which have been called for redemption or are
eligible to be delivered for repurchase, the conversion rights of which would
terminate between such Regular Record Date and the close of business on such
Interest Payment Date) be accompanied by payment in New York Clearing House
funds or other funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the
interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the principal amount of



                                       81
<PAGE>   90

Securities being surrendered for conversion. Except as provided in the preceding
sentence and subject to the last paragraph of Section 3.7, no payment or
adjustment shall be made upon any conversion on account of any interest accrued
on the Securities surrendered for conversion or on account of any dividends on
the Common Stock issued upon conversion.

         Securities shall be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to
the close of business on the day of surrender of such Securities for conversion
in accordance with the foregoing provisions, and at such time the rights of the
Holders of such Securities as Holders shall cease, and the Person or Persons
entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon conversion shall be treated
for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such Common Stock at such
time. As promptly as practicable on or after the conversion date, the Company
shall issue and shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate or certificates for
the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion, together
with payment in lieu of any fraction of a share, as provided in Section 14.3.
Such certificate or certificates shall be sent by the Trustee, if applicable, to
the Conversion Agent for delivery to the Person or Persons entitled to receive
the Common Stock. In the case of any Security which is converted in part only,
upon such conversion the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a
new Security or Securities of authorized denominations in aggregate principal
amount equal to the unconverted portion of the principal amount of such
Security.

SECTION 14.3 Fractions Of Shares.

         No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of
any Security or Securities. If more than one Security shall be surrendered for
conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares which shall
be issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the
aggregate principal amount of the Securities (or specified portions thereof) so
surrendered. Instead of any fractional share of Common Stock which would
otherwise be issuable upon conversion of any Security or Securities (or
specified portions thereof), the Company will deliver to the applicable Holder
its check for the current market value of such fractional share. The current
market value of a fraction of a share is determined by multiplying the current
market price of a full share by the fraction, and rounding the result to the
nearest cent. For purposes of this Section, the current market price of a share
of Common Stock is the Closing Price Per Share of the Common Stock on the
Trading Day immediately preceding the date of conversion.



                                       82
<PAGE>   91

SECTION 14.4 Adjustment Of Conversion Rate.

         The Conversion Rate shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as
follows:

         (1) In case the Company shall pay or make a dividend or other
distribution on any class of Capital Stock of the Company payable in shares of
Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the
day following the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to
receive such dividend or other distribution shall be increased by dividing such
Conversion Rate by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed
for such determination and the denominator shall be the sum of such number of
shares and the total number of shares constituting such dividend or other
distribution, such increase to become effective immediately prior to the opening
of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination. For the
purposes of this paragraph (1), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time
outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company but
shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of
fractions of shares of Common Stock. The Company will not pay any dividend or
make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the
Company.

         (2) Subject to paragraph 9 of this Section 14.4, in case the Company
shall issue rights, options or warrants to all holders of its Common Stock
(other than any rights, options or warrants that by their terms will also be
issued to any Holder upon conversion of a Security into Common Stock without any
action required by the Company or any other person) entitling them to subscribe
for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the
current market price per share (determined as provided in paragraph (10) of this
Section 14.4) of the Common Stock on the date fixed for the determination of
stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options or warrants, the
Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the
date fixed for such determination shall be increased by dividing such Conversion
Rate by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such
determination plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate of
the offering price of the total number of shares of Common Stock so offered for
subscription or purchase would purchase at such current market price per share
and the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at
the close of business on the date fixed for such determination plus the number
of shares of Common Stock so offered for subscription or purchase, such increase
to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day
following the date fixed for such determination. For the purposes of this
paragraph (2), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding
shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company but shall include
shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of
shares of Common Stock. The Company will not issue any rights, options or
warrants in respect of shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the
Company.

         (3) In case outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided into
a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the
opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision
becomes effective shall be



                                       83
<PAGE>   92

proportionately increased, and, conversely, in case outstanding shares of Common
Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, the
Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the
day upon which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately
reduced, such reduction or increase, as the case may be, to become effective
immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the day upon
which such subdivision or combination becomes effective.

         (4) In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to
all holders of its Common Stock, shares of any class of its Capital Stock,
evidences of its indebtedness, cash or other assets (including securities, but
excluding (a) any rights, options or warrants referred to in paragraph (2) of
this Section, (b) any dividend or distribution paid exclusively in cash, (c) any
dividend or distribution referred to in paragraph (1) of this Section and (d)
any distributions referred to in paragraph (5) of this Section), the Conversion
Rate shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the price determined by
dividing the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of
business on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to
receive such distribution by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the
current market price per share (determined as provided in paragraph (10) of this
Section) of the Common Stock on the date fixed for such determination less the
then fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose
determination shall be conclusive and described in a Board Resolution filed with
the Trustee) of the portion of the assets, shares of Capital Stock or evidences
of indebtedness so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock and the
denominator shall be such current market price per share of the Common Stock,
such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business
on the day following the date fixed for the determination of stockholders
entitled to receive such distribution.

         (5) In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to
all holders of its Common Stock cash (excluding any cash that is distributed
upon a merger or consolidation to which Section 14.11 applies or as part of a
distribution referred to in paragraph (4) of this Section other than those
referenced in the first parenthetical contained therein) in an aggregate amount
that, combined together with:

                  (a) the aggregate amount of any other distributions to all
holders of its Common Stock made exclusively in cash within the 12 months
preceding the date of payment of such distribution and in respect of which no
adjustment pursuant to this paragraph (5) has been made, and

                  (b) the aggregate of any cash plus the fair market value (as
determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive
and described in a Board Resolution filed with the Trustee) of consideration
payable in respect of any tender offer by the Company or any of its subsidiaries
for all or any portion of the Common Stock concluded within the 12 months
preceding the date of payment of such distribution and in respect of which no
adjustment pursuant to paragraph (6) of this Section has been made (the amount
of such cash distribution together with the amounts described in clauses (a) and
(b) above being referred to herein as the "Aggregate Cash Distribution Amount"),



                                       84
<PAGE>   93

exceeds 10% of the product of (i) the current market price per share of the
Common Stock on the date for the determination of holders of shares of Common
Stock entitled to receive such distribution, times (ii) the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding on such date (the amount by which the Aggregate Cash
Distribution Amount exceeds 10% of the product of the amounts described in
clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein as the "Excess Amount"),
then, and in each such case, immediately after the close of business on such
date for determination, the Conversion Rate shall be increased in accordance
with the following formula:

                                              EA
                                             ---
                             AC = CR  /  M - (O)
                                         -------
                                         (  M  )
Where:

                  AC = the adjusted Conversion Rate.

                  CR = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the
                  close of business on the date fixed for determination of the
                  stockholders entitled to receive the applicable distribution.

                  M = the current market price per share (determined as provided
                  in paragraph (10) of this Section) of the Common Stock on the
                  date fixed for determination of the stockholders entitled to
                  receive the applicable distribution.

                  EA = the Excess Amount.

                  O = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the
                  date fixed for determination of the stockholders entitled to
                  receive the distribution.

         (6) In case a tender offer made by the Company or any Subsidiary for
all or any portion of the Common Stock shall expire and such tender offer (as
amended upon the expiration thereof) shall require the payment to stockholders
(based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender
offer) of Purchased Shares (as defined below)) of an aggregate consideration
having a fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose
determination shall be conclusive and described in a Board Resolution filed with
the Trustee) that combined together with:

                  (a) the aggregate of the cash plus the fair market value (as
determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive
and described in a Board Resolution filed with the Trustee), as of the
expiration of such tender offer, of consideration payable in respect of any
other tender offer, by the Company or any Subsidiary for all or any portion of
the Common Stock expiring within the 12 months preceding the expiration of such
tender offer and in respect of which no adjustment pursuant to this paragraph
(6) has been made, and



                                       85
<PAGE>   94

                  (b) the aggregate amount of any distributions to all holders
of the Company's Common Stock made exclusively in cash within 12 months
preceding the expiration of such tender offer and in respect of which no
adjustment pursuant to paragraph (5) of this Section has been made,

exceeds 10% of the product of (i) the current market price per share of the
Common Stock (determined as provided in paragraph (10) of this Section) as of
the last time (the "Expiration Time") tenders could have been made pursuant to
such tender offer (as it may be amended), times (ii) the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding (including any tendered shares) on the Expiration Time,
then, and in each such case, immediately prior to the opening of business on the
day after the date of the Expiration Time, the Conversion Rate shall be reduced
in accordance with the following formula:

                             AC = CR  /  (M x O) - C
                                         -----------
                                        (M x (O - TS))

Where:

                  AC = the adjusted Conversion Rate.

                  CR = the Conversion Rate immediately prior to close of
                  business on the date of the Expiration Time.

                  M = the current market price per share of the Common Stock
                  (determined as provided in paragraph (10) of this Section) on
                  the date of the Expiration Time.

                  O = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
                  (including any tendered shares) on the Expiration Time.

                  C = the amount of cash plus the fair market value (as
                  determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination
                  shall be conclusive and described in a Board Resolution filed
                  with the Trustee) of the aggregate consideration payable to
                  stockholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum
                  specified in the terms of the tender offer) of Purchased
                  Shares.

                  TS = the number of all shares of Common Stock validly tendered
                  and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Time (the shares deemed
                  so accepted up to any such maximum, being referred to as the
                  "Purchased Shares").

         (7) The reclassification of Common Stock into securities including
securities other than Common Stock (other than any reclassification upon a
consolidation or merger to which Section 14.11 applies) shall be deemed to
involve (a) a distribution of such securities other than Common Stock to all
holders of Common Stock (and the effective date of such reclassification shall
be deemed to be "the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled
to receive such distribution" and "the date fixed for such determination" within
the meaning of paragraph



                                       86
<PAGE>   95

(4) of this Section), and (b) a subdivision or combination, as the case may be,
of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such
reclassification into the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately thereafter (and the effective date of such reclassification shall be
deemed to be "the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective" or "the day
upon which such combination becomes effective", as the case may be, and "the day
upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective" within the meaning
of paragraph (3) of this Section).

         (8) In case a tender offer made by a Person other than the Company, any
Subsidiary of the Company for an amount which increases the offeror's ownership
of Common Stock to more than 25% of the Common Stock outstanding and shall
involve payment by such Person of consideration per share of Common Stock having
a fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose
determination shall be conclusive and described in a Board Resolution as filed
with the Trustee) as of the last time (the "Third Party Expiration Time")
tenders could have been made pursuant to such tender offer (as it may be
amended) that exceeds the current market price of the Common Stock on the
Trading Day next succeeding the Third Party Expiration Time, and in which, as of
the Third Party Expiration Time, the Board of Directors is not recommending
rejection of the offer, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted in accordance with
the following formula:

                           AC = CR  /    (M1 x O)
                                      --------------
                                      (C+ (O1 x M1))

Where:

                  AC = the adjusted Conversion Rate.

                  CR = the Conversion Rate immediately prior to close of
                  business on the date of the Third Party Expiration Time.

                  M1 = the current market price per share of the Common Stock
                  (determined as provided in paragraph (10) of this Section) on
                  the date next succeeding the Third Party Expiration Time.

                  O = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
                  (including any tendered shares) on the Third Party Expiration
                  Time.

                  O1 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less
                  any Third Party Purchased Shares, as defined below)
                  outstanding on the Third Party Expiration Time.

                  C = the amount of cash plus the fair market value (as
                  determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination
                  shall be conclusive and described in a Board Resolution as
                  filed with the Trustee) of the aggregate consideration payable
                  to



                                       87
<PAGE>   96

                  stockholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum
                  specified in the terms of the tender offer) of Third Party
                  Purchased Shares.

The number of all shares of Common Stock validly tendered and not withdrawn as
of the Third Party Expiration Time and deemed accepted up to any such maximum,
is herein referred to as the "Third Party Purchased Shares." In the event that
such Person is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to any such tender or
exchange offer, but such Person is permanently prevented by applicable law form
effecting any such purchases or all such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion
Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would then be in
effect if such tender or exchange offer had not been made. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the adjustment described in this Section 14.4(8) shall not be made
if, as of the Expiration Time, the offering documents with respect to such offer
disclose a plan or intention to cause the Company to engage in any transaction
described in Article VIII.

         (9) In case the Company shall issue rights, options or warrants to all
holders of the Common Stock entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or
purchase shares of Common Stock (either initially or under certain
circumstances), which rights, options or warrants (i) are deemed to be
transferred with such shares of Common Stock, (ii) are not exercisable and (iii)
are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock, in each case in
clauses (i) through (iii) until the occurrence of a specified event or events
("Trigger Event"), shall for purposes of this Section 14.4 not be deemed issued
or distributed until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon
such rights, options and warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and
an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be
made under this Section 14.4. If any such rights, options or warrants, including
any such existing rights, options or warrants distributed prior to the date of
this Indenture are subject to subsequent events, upon the occurrence of each of
which such rights, options or warrants shall become exercisable to purchase
different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the
occurrence of each such event shall be deemed to be such date of distribution
and record date with respect to new rights, options or warrants (and a
termination or expiration of the existing rights, options or warrants without
exercise by the holder thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution
(or deemed distribution) of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event
with respect thereto, that was counted for purposes of calculating a
distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this
Section 14.4 was made, (a) in the case of any such rights, options or warrant
which shall all have been redeemed or repurchased without exercise by any
holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted upon such final
redemption or repurchase to give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event,
as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per
share redemption or repurchase price received by a holder or holders of Common
Stock with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming such holder had
retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock
as of the date of such redemption or repurchase, and (b) in the case of such
rights, options or warrants which shall have expired or been terminated without
exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if
such rights, options and warrants had not been issued.

         (10) For the purpose of any computation under paragraphs (2), (4), (5),
(6) and (8) of this Section, the current market price per share of Common Stock
on any date shall be deemed to



                                       88
<PAGE>   97

be the average of the daily closing prices for the five consecutive Trading Days
selected by the Company commencing not more than 10 Trading Days before, and
ending not later than the earlier of the day in question and the day before the
"ex" date with request to the issuance or distribution requiring such
computation. The closing price for each day shall be the last reported sales
price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the
average of the reported closing bid and asked prices regular way, in either case
on the Nasdaq National Market Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not quoted on
the Nasdaq National Market, on the principal national securities exchange on
which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Common Stock
is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or
quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the average of the closing bid and asked
prices in the over-the-counter market as furnished by any New York Stock
Exchange member firm selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose.
For purposes of this paragraph, the term "`ex' date", when used with respect to
any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Common Stock
trades regular way on such exchange or in such market without the right to
receive such issuance or distribution.

         (11) No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required unless such
adjustment (plus any adjustments not previously made by reason of this paragraph
(11)) would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in such rate;
provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this paragraph (11)
are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in
any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this paragraph (11) shall be
made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case
may be.

         (12) The Company may make such increases in the Conversion Rate, in
addition to those required by this Section, as it considers to be advisable in
order to avoid or diminish any income tax to any holders of shares of Common
Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock or issuance of rights
or warrants to purchase or subscribe for stock or from any event treated as such
for income tax purposes or for any other reasons. The Company shall have the
power to resolve any ambiguity or correct any error in this paragraph (12) and
its actions in so doing shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive.

         (13) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company from time
to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for any period of time if
the period is at least 20 days, the increase is irrevocable during such period,
and the Board of Directors shall have made a determination that such increase
would be in the best interests of the Company, which determination shall be
conclusive; provided, however, that no such increase shall be taken into account
for purposes of determining whether the Closing Price Per Share of the Common
Stock exceeds the Conversion Price by 105% in connection with an event which
would otherwise be a Change of Control. Whenever the Conversion Rate is
increased pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company shall give notice of
the increase to the Holders in the manner provided in Section 1.6 at least 15
days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, and such
notice shall state the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it
will be in effect.



                                       89
<PAGE>   98

SECTION 14.5 Notice Of Adjustments Of Conversion Rate.

         Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided:

         (1) the Company shall compute the adjusted Conversion Rate in
accordance with Section 14.4 and shall prepare an Officers' Certificate, one of
the signatories of which shall be the Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer of
the Company, setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate and showing in
reasonable detail the calculation of the adjusted Conversion Rate and the facts
upon which such adjustment is based, and such certificate shall promptly be
filed with the Trustee and with each Conversion Agent and at each office or
agency maintained for the purpose of conversion of Securities pursuant to
Section 10.2; and

         (2) a notice stating that the Conversion Rate has been adjusted and
setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate shall forthwith be prepared, and as
soon as practicable after it is prepared, such notice shall be mailed by the
Company to all Holders in accordance with Section 1.6.

         Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall receive an
Officers' Certificate setting forth an adjusted Conversion Rate, the Trustee may
assume without inquiry that no adjustment has been made and that the last
Conversion Rate of which it has notice remains in effect.

SECTION 14.6 Notice Of Certain Corporate Action.

         In case:

         (1) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution) on
its Common Stock payable (a) otherwise than exclusively in cash or (b)
exclusively in cash in an amount that would require any adjustment pursuant to
Section 14.4;

         (2) the Company shall authorize the granting to the holders of its
Common Stock of rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any
shares of Capital Stock of any class or of any other rights;

         (3) of any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company, or of
any consolidation, merger or share exchange to which the Company is a party and
for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required, or of the
conveyance, lease, sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company; or

         (4) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding
up of the Company;

then the Company shall cause to be filed at each office or agency maintained for
the purpose of conversion of Securities pursuant to Section 10.2, and shall
cause to be mailed to all Holders in accordance with Section 1.6, at least 20
days (or 10 days in any case specified in clause (1) or (2) above) prior to the
applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x)
the date on which a record is to betaken for the purpose of such dividend,
distribution, rights,



                                       90
<PAGE>   99

options or warrants, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which
the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend,
distribution, rights, options or warrants are to be determined, or (y) the date
on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, share exchange,
conveyance, lease, sale, transfer, disposition, dissolution, liquidation or
winding up is expected to become effective, and the date as of which it is
expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange
their shares of Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable
upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, share exchange, conveyance,
lease, sale, transfer, disposition, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
Neither the failure to give such notice nor any defect therein shall affect the
legality or validity of the proceedings described in clauses (1) through (4) of
this Section 14.6. If at the time the Trustee shall not be the Conversion Agent,
a copy of such notice shall also forthwith be filed by the Company with the
Trustee.

         The Company shall cause to be filed at the Corporate Trust Office and
each office or agency maintained for the purpose of conversion of Securities
pursuant to Section 10.2, and shall cause to be provided to all Holders in
accordance with Section 1.6, notice of any tender offer by the Company or any
Subsidiary for all or any portion of the Common Stock at or about the time that
such notice of tender offer is provided to the public generally.

SECTION 14.7 Company To Reserve Common Stock.

         The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from
preemptive or similar rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock,
for the purpose of effecting the conversion of Securities, the full number of
shares of Common Stock then issuable upon the conversion of all Outstanding
Securities.

SECTION 14.8 Taxes On Conversions.

         Except as provided in the next sentence, the Company will pay any and
all taxes or duties that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of
shares of Common Stock on conversion of Securities pursuant hereto. The Company
shall not, however, be required to pay any tax or duty which may be payable in
respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of shares of Common
Stock in a name other than that of the Holder of the Security or Securities to
be converted, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the
Person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax
or duty, or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax or
duty has been paid.

SECTION 14.9 Covenant As To Common Stock.

         The Company agrees that all shares of Common Stock which may be issued
upon conversion of Securities will, upon issuance, have been duly authorized and
validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable and, except as provided
in Section 14.8, the Company will pay all taxes, liens and charges with respect
to the issue thereof.



                                       91
<PAGE>   100

SECTION 14.10 Cancellation Of Converted Securities.

         All Securities delivered for conversion shall be delivered to the
Trustee or its agent to be canceled by or at the direction of the Trustee, which
shall dispose of the same as provided in Section 3.9.

SECTION 14.11 Provisions In Case Of Consolidation, Merger Or Sale Of Assets.

         In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the
Company into, any other Person, any merger of another Person into the Company
(other than a merger which does not result in any reclassification, conversion,
exchange or cancellation of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company)
or any conveyance, lease, sale, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Person formed by such
consolidation or resulting from such merger or to which acquires such assets, as
the case may be, shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture providing that the Holder of each Security then Outstanding shall,
without the consent of the Holders, have the right thereafter, to convert each
Security into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property
receivable upon such consolidation, merger, conveyance, lease, sale, transfer or
other disposition by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the
Company into which such Security might have been converted immediately prior to
such consolidation, merger, conveyance, lease, sale, transfer or other
disposition, assuming such holder of Common Stock of the Company (i) is not a
Person with which the Company consolidated or into which the Company merged or
which merged into the Company or to which such sale, conveyance, lease, transfer
or other disposition was made, as the case may be ("Constituent Person"), or an
Affiliate of a Constituent Person and (ii) failed to exercise his or her rights
of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash and other
property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, conveyance, lease, sale,
transfer or other disposition (provided that if the kind or amount of
securities, cash and other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger,
conveyance, lease, sale, transfer or other disposition is not the same for each
share of Common Stock of the Company held immediately prior to such
consolidation, merger, conveyance, lease, sale, transfer or other disposition by
other than a Constituent Person or an Affiliate thereof and in respect of which
such rights of election shall not have been exercised ("Non-electing Share"),
then for the purpose of this Section the kind and amount of securities, cash and
other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, conveyance, lease,
sale, transfer or other disposition by the holder of each Non-electing Share
shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality
of the holders of the Non-electing Shares), and assuming, if such consolidation,
merger, conveyance, lease, sale, transfer or other disposition is prior to the
date upon which the Securities first become convertible, that the Securities
were convertible at the time of such consolidation, merger, conveyance, lease,
sale, transfer or other disposition at the initial Conversion Rate specified in
Section 14.1 as adjusted from the date of the issuance of the applicable
Securities to such time pursuant to Section 14.4. Such supplemental indenture
shall provide for adjustments which, for events subsequent to the effective date
of such supplemental indenture, shall be as nearly equivalent as may be
practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article. The above
provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations,
mergers, conveyances, leases, sales, transfers or other dispositions.



                                       92
<PAGE>   101

         Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be under any duty or
responsibility with respect to any such certificate or the information and
calculations contained therein, except to exhibit the same to any Holder of
Securities desiring inspection thereof at its office during normal business
hours, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment in the
Conversion Rate unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have
received such a certificate. Until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives
such a certificate, the Trustee and each Conversion Agent may assume without
inquiry that the last Conversion Rate of which the Trustee has knowledge of
remains in effect.

SECTION 14.12 Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions.

         The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 6.2, and any
Conversion Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to
any Holder of Securities to determine whether any facts exist which may require
any adjustment of the Conversion Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent
of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, herein
or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same, or
whether a supplemental indenture need be entered into. Neither the Trustee,
subject to the provisions of Section 6.2, nor any Conversion Agent shall be
accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any
Common Stock, or of any other securities or property or cash, which may at any
time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Security; and it or they
do not make any representation with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee,
subject to the provisions of Section 6.2, nor any Conversion Agent shall be
responsible for any failure of the Company to make or calculate any cash payment
or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or share
certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any
Security for the purpose of conversion; and the Trustee, subject to the
provisions of Section 6.2, and any Conversion Agent shall not be responsible for
any failure of the Company to comply with any of the covenants of the Company
contained in this Article.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                        MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

SECTION 15.1 Purposes For Which Meetings May Be Called.

         A meeting of Holders of Securities may be called at any time and from
time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by
this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities.

SECTION 15.2 Call, Notice And Place Of Meetings.

         (a) The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities
for any purpose specified in Section 15.1, to be held at such time and at such
place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, as the Trustee shall
determine. Notice of every meeting of



                                       93
<PAGE>   102

Holders of Securities, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and
in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be
given, in the manner provided in Section 1.6, not less than 21 nor more than 180
days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

         (b) In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or
the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities
shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Securities
for any purpose specified in Section 15.1, by written request setting forth in
reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the
Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within 21 days after
receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to
be held as provided herein, then the Company or the Holders of Securities in the
amount specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in
the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, for such meeting and may call
such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in paragraph
(a) of this Section.

SECTION 15.3 Persons Entitled To Vote At Meetings.

         To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities, a
Person shall be (i) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Securities, or (ii) a
Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of
one or more Outstanding Securities by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons
who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders shall
be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any
representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the
Company and its counsel.

SECTION 15.4 Quorum; Action.

         The Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Outstanding Securities shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a
quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting
shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Securities, be dissolved. In any
other case, the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days
as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such
meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such
adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period not less than 10 days as
determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such
adjourned meeting (subject to repeated applications of this sentence). Notice of
the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section
15.2(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days
prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of
the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage of
the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities which shall constitute a
quorum.

         Subject to the foregoing, at the reconvening of any meeting adjourned
for a lack of a quorum, the Persons entitled to vote 25% in principal amount of
the Outstanding Securities at the time shall constitute a quorum for the taking
of any action set forth in the notice of the original meeting.



                                       94
<PAGE>   103

         At a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a
quorum is present as aforesaid, any resolution and all matters (except as
limited by the proviso to Section 9.2 and except to the extent Section 10.8
requires a different vote) shall be effectively passed and decided if passed or
decided by the lesser of (i) the Holders of not less than a majority in
principal amount of Outstanding Securities and (ii) the Persons entitled to vote
not less than 66-2/3% in principal amount of Outstanding Securities represented
and entitled to vote at such meeting.

         Any resolution passed or decisions taken at any meeting of Holders of
Securities duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the
Holders of Securities whether or not present or represented at the meeting. The
Trustee shall, in the name and at the expense of the Company, notify all the
Holders of Securities of any such resolutions or decisions pursuant to Section
1.6.

SECTION 15.5 Determination Of Voting Rights; Conduct And Adjournment Of
             Meetings.

         (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee
may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of
Holders of Securities in regard to proof of the holding of Securities and of the
appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors
of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other
evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of
the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or
required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall be proved in
the manner specified in Section 1.4 and the appointment of any proxy shall be
proved in the manner specified in Section 1.4 or by having the signature of the
Person executing the proxy guaranteed by any bank, broker or other eligible
institution participating in a recognized medallion signature guarantee program.

         (b) The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary
chairman (which may be the Trustee) of the meeting, unless the meeting shall
have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in
Section 15.2(a), in which case the Company or the Holders of Securities calling
the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary
chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be
elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount
of the Outstanding Securities represented at the meeting.

         (c) At any meeting, each Holder of a Security or proxy shall be
entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Securities held or
represented by such Holder; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or
counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding
and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of
the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Security or
proxy.

         (d) Any meeting of Holders of Securities duly called pursuant to
Section 15.2 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by
Persons entitled to vote a



                                       95
<PAGE>   104

majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities represented at the
meeting, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

SECTION 15.6 Counting Votes And Recording Action Of Meetings.

         The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of
Securities shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the
signatures of the Holders of Securities or of their representatives by proxy and
the principal amounts at Stated Maturity and serial numbers of the Outstanding
Securities held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting
shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the
meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the
secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all
votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings
of each meeting of Holders of Securities shall be prepared by the secretary of
the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of
the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by
one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the
notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in
Section 15.2 and, if applicable, Section 15.4. Each copy shall be signed and
verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the
meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company and another to the
Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the
ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be
conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

                                   **********



                                       96
<PAGE>   105





         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and
attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

                                        ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                        By: /s/ DOUGLAS S. SCHATZ
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name: Douglas S. Schatz
                                           Title:  Chief Executive Officer,
                                                   President or Executive Vice
                                                   President


[SEAL]



                                        STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF
                                        CALIFORNIA, N.A., as Trustee


                                        By: /s/ MARK HENSON
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name: Mark Henson
                                           Title: Assistant Vice President


[SEAL]


                                       97

<PAGE>   1


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2


                                       OEM
                            GLOBAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                             Agreement Number: 20016


This Global Purchase Agreement ("GPA" or "Agreement") is entered into by
ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC. (referred to as "Supplier", "you" or "your")
and LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION and any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (referred
to as "Lam") as of the following date: October 12, 1999 ("Effective Date"). Each
of the words "parties", "us", "we" or "our" collectively refers to both Supplier
and Lam.

1.   RECITALS:

     1.1. Purpose: This GPA documents our agreement for our customer-supplier
          relationship. It includes standard terms for Lam's purchase of goods
          and services. Although these purchase terms will cover most
          situations, attachments to this GPA may be included to address
          specific circumstances.

     1.2. Prior Review: Prior to signing this GPA, Lam requests that you review
          it with your point of contact at Lam, and Lam assumes that you have
          reviewed it and that you understand it thoroughly so that your and our
          performance requirements will be met.

In consideration of the mutual obligations and benefits set forth in this GPA,
the parties agree as follows:

2.   GENERAL MATTERS:

     2.1. Scope: This GPA applies to any purchase of your Products or Services
          by Lam ("Order") during the term of this GPA, whether or not this GPA
          is referenced in the documentation of such Order. For Orders issued
          but not fulfilled prior to expiration of this GPA, the terms of this
          GPA shall continue to apply.

     2.2. Term: The term of this GPA is three (3) years from the Effective Date.
          This agreement may be extended for additional one (1) year terms at
          the GPA's anniversary, if both parties agree in writing within 60 days
          of the termination date.

     2.3. Definitions: Words in this GPA, which are defined either when they
          first appear or in the "Definitions" section at the end of this GPA,
          shall be interpreted throughout the GPA consistent with those
          definitions.

3.   YOUR OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS:

     3.1. Product and Process Quality: Lam has chosen to do business with you
          based upon your reputation, quality of Products, ability to perform or
          other business reasons which support Lam's expectation of your
          reliability in Product and process quality. As part of your continuing
          commitment to quality, you agree to the performance requirements
          described in this GPA.

     3.2. Specifications and Quality Protocols: Lam shall provide you with
          technical specifications and/or drawings for each Product
          ("Specifications"), as well as quality control criteria pertaining to
          your Products and processes ("Quality Requirements"). You must comply
          with the Specifications and Quality Requirements at all times. If
          mutually agreed, you may be required to verify compliance through
          testing, inspection and/or issuance of a certificate of compliance.


                                                                               1
<PAGE>   2


     3.3. Technical Support Documents: Supplier shall furnish one complete set
          of the required documents listed in Schedule 1 of this Agreement
          applicable to your products sold to Lam. These documents shall be
          provided at no cost to Lam. Delivery of these documents is a critical
          performance objective.  Reference Section 25.16.

     3.4. Critical Components: You agree to abide by for all Critical Components
          listed in the "Critical Components List" of Attachment E. If no
          Critical Components are listed, then Attachment E does not apply to
          you.

     3.5. Continued Service and Parts Supply: Subject to your rights to
          discontinue availability of Products under the "Cancellation" section
          of this GPA (see paragraph 21.1), you grant Lam the option to continue
          to purchase service and support, and replacement parts from you in
          support of Products for a period of seven (7) years after Lam's last
          purchase of such Product.

     3.6. Production Lines; Change Control Requirements: Lam reserves the right
          periodically to review and inspect your facilities, manufacturing
          processes, materials and subcontractors; and you shall give Lam 90
          days prior written notice of any reasonably significant changes made
          or anticipated in such items. If you fail to obtain Lam's prior
          approval for significant changes and continue to ship Product or
          perform Services, Lam may, at its option and in addition to all other
          remedies do one of the following: 1) return such Product or suspend
          such Services without further liability to Lam; 2) accept such Product
          or Services but with a deduction in the price Lam must pay you, if
          any, as mutually agreed; or 3) inspect and approve such changes with
          appropriate notice, or 4) terminate this Agreement.

     3.7. Engineering Change Notification (ECN): Supplier must provide prompt
          notice to Lam of Significant Changes to processes and/or design of
          Product. This notification shall be sent either by Supplier's e-mail,
          service bulletin, facsimile, or mail. The ECN will provide complete
          written details along with drawings so that Lam will have complete
          understanding of proposed change(s). Upon receipt of the proposed ECN,
          Lam will have ten (10) working days to review and respond either
          approving or disapproving the proposed change(s). If no response is
          received within ten (10) working days, Supplier will notify Lam of the
          consequences and Supplier's planned actions. Supplier agrees not to
          ship to Lam any proposed changes without obtaining Lam's written
          approval in advance. Supplier understands and agrees that an oral
          change authorization from any Lam employee is not sufficient and Lam
          has no liability for changed Product, absent Lam's written approval
          for the changes. If you fail to obtain Lam's prior approval for
          Significant Changes and continue to ship Product or perform Services,
          Lam may, at its option and in addition to all other remedies do one of
          the following: 1) return such Product or suspend such Services without
          further liability to Lam; 2) accept such Product or Services but with
          a deduction in the price Lam must pay you, if any, as mutually
          agreed;or 3) inspect and approve such changes with appropriate notice,
          or 4) terminate this Agreement.

     3.8. Provision of Services: You agree to provide those Services set forth
          in the Order and in the Description of Services and/or Support
          attached as Attachment A (and Attachment B if applicable), which is
          incorporated here by reference. Your Services shall be performed by
          qualified, certified and adequately supervised personnel. As mutually
          agreed, you may be required to verify compliance of the Services
          through testing, inspection and/or issuance of a certificate of
          compliance. If no Services are set forth in Attachment A and B, then
          Attachment A and/or B do not apply to you.


                                                                               2
<PAGE>   3


4.   DELIVERY:

     4.1. Force Majeure: Neither party shall be liable for any costs, losses,
          damages, claims or liabilities ("Damages") due to non-performance
          caused by events totally beyond its control ("Force Majeure");
          provided that the non-performing party provides prompt written notice
          to the other party of anticipated or existing Force Majeure events and
          uses all reasonable diligence to perform during and after the Force
          Majeure event.

     4.2. Delivery: Delivery of Products shall be (i) on the delivery date
          specified in the Order, (ii) FOB your dock, (iii) in accordance with
          Lam's packaging specifications, and (iv) via carrier specified in the
          Order (or, if no carrier is specified, then a common carrier from
          Lam's Authorized Traffic Guide). You shall notify Lam immediately of
          any anticipated late deliveries or facility shutdowns. If necessary to
          ensure timely delivery, you shall deliver via expedited transit at
          your cost, except that Lam will pay such cost if necessitated solely
          by either Lam's delay or Lam's request.

     4.3. Accompanying Materials: One complete set of documentation and/or
          operating and maintenance manuals for each Product supplied to Lam
          will be furnished at no cost to Lam. Supplier will not be required to
          ship a manual with each unit delivered to Lam. Supplier shall provide
          updated documents when made available by the Supplier at no cost to
          Lam.

     4.4. Non-conforming Deliveries: Any Products not in conformance with the
          Order on the date of delivery may be rejected and returned at your
          expense. Any Services not in conformance with the Order or Attachment
          A or Attachment B on the date of performance may be rejected and
          suspended. Lam shall notify you of the grounds for rejection. Lam may
          (i) permit you to cure the non-conformance, (ii) cancel such
          non-conforming Products or Services without cost or liability to Lam,
          (iii) or accept them with a reasonable reduction in the purchase price
          owed by Lam, as mutually agreed.

5.   DELIVERY AND QUALITY GOALS:

     5.1. Delivery and Quality Goals: Complying with scheduled delivery dates,
          Specifications and Quality Requirements is a critical performance
          objective. All Products shipped by you must meet Lam's goals for
          consistency in Specifications, Quality Requirements and scheduled
          delivery dates ("Goals"). Lam may review and adjust these Goals
          periodically based upon Lam's business needs.Reference Section 25.16.

6.   QUALITY; ACCEPTANCE; RELIABILITY:

     6.1. Criteria: All Products supplied shall comply with Product
          Specifications and Quality Requirements. Supplier shall demonstrate
          such compliance and Lam's personnel may witness any related test.
          Supplier shall make available appropriate technical support. Lam shall
          have the right to make any inspection or appropriately test that Lam
          shall deem advisable before and after shipment of Product to insure
          that the Product meets mutually agreed upon specifications. Payment of
          Supplier's invoices shall not constitute acceptance, approval or
          certification by Lam, and shall not relieve Supplier of any warranty
          or other obligation set forth herein or under the Law.

     6.2. Non-conforming Product: With respect to any new Product delivery which
          Lam determines is non-conforming to mutually agreed specifications,
          Lam may, at its option: (i) within 30 days of receipt of non-consigned
          Product or within 30 days of removal of Product from the consignment
          inventory, reject and return the Product, provided that Lam shows
          future usage, to Supplier (in which case Supplier shall bear the risk
          of loss or damage during transit from Lam's manufacturing facility to
          Supplier's local service facility). After 30 days only options (ii)
          and (iii) will apply; (ii) make the Product available for correction
          at Lam's facility.


                                                                               3
<PAGE>   4


          Supplier shall promptly correct any defect at its expense, either by
          repairing or replacing any defective part(s) or by replacing the
          Product within ten (10) working days after your receipt of the
          rejected Products; or (iii) accept or keep the Product with a
          deduction in the price of the Product, as reasonably determined by the
          parties. Any Products or portions thereof replaced by you shall become
          your property. Lam agrees to pay Supplier for all charges associated
          with the return and testing of Products which pass all Supplier's
          tests without any corrective action and are determined to meet the
          mutually agreed specifications (at time of original shipment). See
          Attachment D for schedule of agreed upon charges.

     6.3. Reliability: Product reliability in the field will also meet all
          reliability portions of Product Specifications. In addition, certain
          specifications may require that Lam and/or its customer will have
          access to spares locally. All reliability performance specifications
          (e.g. uptime or availability, MTBFp, MTBAp) will be defined and
          mutually agreed upon by the parties; a resulting Reliability
          Performance Specifications will be mutually signed and attached hereto
          as Schedule 2 of the GPA. In those specific cases where Products are
          shown to provide less than the agreed reliability performance
          specifications over a period of time, Lam and Supplier will work
          together to define mutually acceptable corrective actions to remedy
          the situation.

     6.4. Reliability Road Map: If a product listed in Schedule 2 of this
          Agreement does not meet the required reliability specification,
          Supplier shall provide to Lam Commodity Manager a road map identifying
          steps Supplier will take, including milestones, to ensure that the
          product meets the required reliability specification.

7.   INSPECTION AND TESTING:

     7.1. Procedures: Supplier shall maintain calibrated, capable inspection and
          test equipment, and associated inspection procedures. Supplier must
          not proceed with production until all appropriate means for inspecting
          and testing per mutually agreed upon Specifications and Quality
          Requirements are met. Lam may reject any material produced without
          proper verification of compliance to mutually agreed upon
          Specifications and Quality Requirements.

     7.2. Inspection Records: Supplier shall, on request by Supplier Quality
          Engineering, provide evidence showing that Supplier's inspection and
          testing methods are consistent with Lam's quality guidelines on
          correlation between Lam and Supplier inspection and test results.

8.   ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND SCREENING:


     8.1. Change in Quality Requirements: Lam reserves the right to alter its
          quality requirements for acceptance and to change accordingly the
          acceptable quality levels. In conjunction with this, Lam agrees to
          provide Supplier with written advance notification of changes to the
          stated requirements.

9.   SOURCE INSPECTION:

     9.1. Source Inspection Requirements: Supplier must support Lam Source
          Inspection as designated by Lam, and per the "Lam Source Inspection
          Procedure for Suppliers". Supplier must provide ample space, access to
          inspection equipment, and availability of inspection personnel as
          needed for Lam Source Inspection. The Lam Inspector will not proceed
          with inspection unless Supplier has demonstrated that all requirements
          have been met.


                                                                               4
<PAGE>   5


     9.2. Certificate of Conformance: You will provide a Certificate Of
          Conformance (COC) with each Product, including repaired Products,
          certifying that the original or repaired Product meets or exceeds the
          mutually agreed upon Specification and Quality Requirements.

10.  FAILURE REPORTING:

     10.1. Failure Reporting: Whenever requested by Lam, and with respect to
          specific identified failed Products, you will provide to Lam's
          Commodity Management a worldwide Failure Analysis identifying the
          following:

          10.1.1.   Percentage of No-Trouble-Found ("NTF") of the failed Product
                    over the past six months

          10.1.2.   Total number of assemblies of the failed Product repaired in
                    the past six months

          10.1.3.   Component or assemblies you replaced in the failed Product
                    that fixed the cause of the failure

          10.1.4.   Pareto of defective components used to repair the failed
                    Product over the past six months

          10.1.5.   Engineering changes that have been released that would have
                    affected the failure

          10.1.6.   Revision level of the Product assembly when received by
                    Supplier

          10.1.7.   Latest revision level of the repairs to the failed Product

          10.1.8.   Date received by the Supplier

          10.1.9.   Date original Product was shipped to Lam

     10.2. Root Cause/Failure Analysis Report: You will provide upon request a
          Root Cause Analysis report on failed Product. The Root Cause Analysis
          report will be sent to Lam's Commodity Manager containing the
          following information:

          10.2.1.   Testing before any repair activity and document failure
                    symptoms

          10.2.2.   Percentage of No-Trouble-Found (NTF) of the failed Product
                    over the past six months

          10.2.3.   Total number of assemblies of the failed Product repaired in
                    the past six months

          10.2.4.   Component or assemblies replaced that fixed the problem

          10.2.5.   Pareto of defective components used to repair the failed
                    Product over the past six months

          10.2.6.   A detailed analysis of the cause of the failure to the
                    component level including photographs

          10.2.7.   Engineering changes that have been released that would
                    affect this failure

          10.2.8.   Revision level of the assembly when received by Supplier

          10.2.9.   Latest revision level of the repairs to the failed Product

          10.2.10.  Date received by the Supplier

     10.3. Corrective Action Report: Supplier shall provide upon specific
          request a Corrective Action Report detailing the required steps to
          prevent future recurrence of the same failure. This request must be
          received prior to receipt of the defective unit from Lam. This report
          is due within ten working days after issuance of the final Root
          Cause/Failure Analysis report. Lam reserves the right to approve the
          permanent corrective action steps prior to implementation.

     10.4. Delivery of Reports: Supplier shall provide upon specific request a
          preliminary Root Cause/Failure Analysis within fifteen days after Lam
          has returned the defective product to Supplier. A detailed Root Cause/
          Failure Analysis will be available within 30 days after the defective
          product is received by Supplier. Supplier shall also provide a Failure
          Report on a monthly basis.Reference Section 25.16.


                                                                               5
<PAGE>   6


11.  PACKAGING AND LABELING:

     11.1. Clean Room Requirements: Clean room parts will be cleaned and
          packaged to Lam's clean room specifications. For clean room guidelines
          refer to Lam Product Protection Procedure (Part Number:
          505-100342-001). This section does not apply to Advanced Energy.

     11.2. Packaging and Crating Guidelines: Both new Product and Repaired
          product will be shipped (one per) in Lam approved packaging
          appropriate for shipping anywhere in the world by surface or air
          without damage to the part. The packaging material will contain no
          foam "peanuts" or chips. For crating guidelines, see Lam's Crating
          Instructions (Part Number: 505-100294-001). For repaired product
          packaging guidelines, see Lam's Packaging Instructions (Part Number:
          603-090436-001). Lam reserves the right to review the packaging method
          used by Supplier to ship the Product. Supplier's packaging and
          shipping practices shall be designed to protect the product against
          damage, adjustment, change in calibration, etc., and impairment of the
          Product's functional integrity as originally shipped to Customer.

     11.3. Bar Code Requirement: Supplier shall be required to affix to one end
          of the approved packing a Bar Code label with readable/legible
          markings for all shipments. This process shall be implemented by
          3/01/00.

     11.4. ESD Requirement: Lam and Supplier shall be required to utilize
          processes, procedures and packaging that protects the Product against
          Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) damage.


12.  WARRANTY:

     12.1. Form, Fit and Function Warranty: You warrant that all of your
          Products conform to proper form, fit and initial function reasonably
          intended as of both the date of the Order and date of shipment.

     12.2. Material, Workmanship and Specifications Warranty: You warrant that
          all of your Products are free from defects in workmanship and material
          and conform to mutually agreed upon Specifications and Quality
          Requirements for a period of twenty four (24) months from the date of
          shipment to Lam. This warranty shall be effective on shipments after
          11/01/99.

     12.3. Service Warranty: Unless otherwise agreed in writing by both of us,
          you warrant that any Services performed by you shall be free from all
          defects in workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days from the date
          you completed such Services.

     12.4. Software Warranty: Software is warranted as being free from defects
          in design, workmanship and material for a period of ninety (90) days
          from the date of delivery.

     12.5. Breach of Warranty: In addition to your obligations described in
          paragraph 6.2, following the date the defective Product has been made
          available to you, you shall, at your expense, (1) submit a detailed,
          written corrective action plan (if applicable and mutually agreed upon
          by both parties) to Lam within thirty (30) days, and (2) use your best
          efforts immediately to correct the defect and complete delivery of the
          repaired Product and/or corrected Service. If you cannot correct the
          defect, then you shall, at your option, either (a) replace the
          defective Product or (b) refund Lam the price of the defective Product
          or Service. For new units which are deemed "defective" at Lam's
          manufacturing facility, you shall bear the risk of loss or damage
          during transit to Supplier's local service facility. This warranty
          covers materials,


                                                                               6
<PAGE>   7

           parts, labor, travel, and all other related costs needed to inspect,
           replace or correct design, material and/or workmanship defects. In
           these cases, you agree during the warranty period that you will not
           charge Lam any fees or expenses whatsoever you incur in connection
           with your warranty obligations. You shall own any defective Products
           once replaced under this warranty provision. Lam's rights under this
           Warranty are in addition to any other rights or remedies to which Lam
           may be entitled under this Agreement or applicable law.

     12.6. Limitations on Your Warranty Obligations: These warranties will not
           apply if: (a) the Product was not properly installed or operated by
           Lam or its Customer under reasonable manufacturer-recommended
           conditions, (b) Lam fails to notify you in writing of the defect in
           question during the warranty period, (c) Lam fails to make the item
           available for correction within a reasonable time, (d) we reasonably
           agree after examination of the Product that such claimed defect or
           nonconformity does not exist, (e) the Product was manufactured or
           modified to Lam's detailed design and such design is the contributory
           cause of the defect, or (f) the Product is utilized for an
           application for which it is not suited or intended by the
           manufacturer. In these cases only, Lam agrees to reimburse you your
           reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with your
           demonstration to Lam that the Product complies with the Specification
           and Quality Requirements. Further, any software you supply to Lam is
           not warranted as free from errors or "bugs," and your sole obligation
           shall be to use reasonable efforts to supply Lam with a corrected
           version promptly after Lam notifies you of the defect. The original
           warranty period shall not be extended by your acts in compliance with
           this section. The foregoing warranties are exclusive of all other
           warranties, whether written, oral, expressed or implied, including
           any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

13.  SUPPLIER EFFICIENCY:

     13.1. Supplier Efficiency: In exchange for Lam's commitment to purchase
           Products, you will use your best efforts to reduce lead times,
           manufacturing cycle times and costs of Products during our
           relationship. We anticipate that this can be accomplished by
           implementing better business practices, improved processes, value
           engineering or by other methods.

     13.2. Lead Time Reductions: With respect to new product Our goal is that no
           more than four weeks will elapse between Lam's placement of an Order
           and your delivery of the Product, unless there is an Excused Event or
           Lam's Order specifies a longer delivery schedule. Our lead-time goal
           for repaired Product is separately described in Attachment A. In the
           event any new Product lead time exceeds four weeks, then you agree to
           submit a detailed written plan in ten working days, to reduce such
           lead times to four weeks within a six month period. You agree to use
           your best efforts to meet such lead time reduction goals. Lam agrees
           to provide Supplier with a detailed forecast for Products released
           for Lam production. Supplier will have the right to request "Excused
           Event" if there are extensive short term changes in the forecast or
           actual consumption versus forecast.

     13.3. Cost Reductions:

           13.3.1. Reduced Aggregate Cost for All Products: Our goal is to
                   achieve a seven percent annual reduction in the aggregate
                   purchase price of all Products purchased by Lam. Upon
                   request, you shall submit a detailed written plan to meet
                   this goal through design changes, Product introduction or
                   improved efficiencies and you agree to use your best efforts
                   to meet such cost reduction goals.

          13.3.2.  Volume Discount: High volume purchasing by Lam shall be
                   rewarded annually on a calendar year basis. If at anytime the
                   monetary value of Lam's total purchases of all products
                   within a calendar year exceeds the Total Dollar Volume
                   Thresholds listed in


                                                                               7
<PAGE>   8

                   the table attached in Attachment C, then Lam shall be
                   entitled to the corresponding Volume Discount on the amount
                   by which the Threshold was exceeded during that calendar
                   year. The discount shall be credited to Lam after all
                   invoices for product delivered to and fully accepted by Lam
                   have been paid for that calendar year. Volume discounts
                   earned by Lam for purchases during a given year shall be
                   reset to zero at the end of that year, and shall not carry
                   over to affect pricing in the subsequent year. If Attachment
                   C does not have specified volume discounts listed, then this
                   paragraph does not apply to you.

14.  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY:

     14.1. Intellectual Property: You agree to indemnify, hold harmless and
           defend (with counsel reasonably approved by Lam), Lam and its
           affiliates, shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents
           from and against any claims, fees, costs, awards, judgments,
           liabilities and or damages (including without limitation court costs
           and reasonable fees of attorneys and other professionals) ("Damages")
           arising out of a claim as to a Product asserted within ten (10) years
           from the date of its sale under this Agreement that the Product (as a
           stand alone unit) infringes, directly or contributorily, any patent,
           copyright, maskwork right, trade secret or similar right of any third
           party. You also agree to provide Lam prompt and reasonable written
           notice of bona fide claims made with respect to your Products.
           Notwithstanding these obligations, you may at your expense and at
           your option: (i) procure for Lam and/or its customers the ownership,
           use or distribution rights granted with respect to the Products; (ii)
           modify the infringing item to remove the infringement, without
           impairing compliance with the Quality Requirements and
           Specifications; or (iii) replace the infringing item with a
           non-infringing item, without impairing compliance with the Quality
           Requirements and Specifications; however, if you have used reasonable
           efforts and cannot accomplish options (i), (ii) or (iii), then you
           shall refund to Lam the amount paid for the infringing Products, less
           reasonable depreciation. Lam agrees to use reasonable efforts to
           facilitate the exercising of options (i), (ii) or (iii). This
           indemnification clause does not apply when the Products are
           manufactured or modified to Lam's design, quality requirements and/or
           specifications, and such design, quality requirements and/or
           specifications results in the Damages.

15.  LAM SUPPLY PROGRAMS:

     15.1. Lam Supply Programs: The manner in which you supply Products to Lam
           may vary depending on the type of Lam Supply Program your Products
           are assigned to by Lam. The Lam Supply Programs include: purchases
           through issuance of direct purchase orders; the Automatic Part Pull
           System ("APPS"); the Ship To Point of Use Program ("STP"); Freestock,
           the Consignment Inventory Agreement (CIA); or other program which, as
           a result of future experience, Lam decides to implement. During the
           course of our relationship, Lam may decide to assign or re-assign
           your Products to one of these Lam Supply Programs. Prior to
           assignment to one of these programs, your Lam contact will discuss
           the program with you. Each of these Lam Supply Programs has different
           requirements for the performance of our respective obligations. Your
           responsibility is to discuss and understand why and how any Lam
           Supply Program is applicable to you. Your agreement to support and
           comply with the specific requirements of any applicable Lam Supply
           Program to which your Product is assigned must be provided in writing
           prior to your inclusion in the program or shall be deemed given the
           first time you ship Product after inclusion in the program.

16.  CUSTOMS & INSURANCE DOCUMENTATION:

     16.1. Customs & Insurance Documentation: Upon request, you shall provide
           (a) a completed manufacturer's affidavit and/or other documentation
           as may be required by US Customs or


                                                                               8
<PAGE>   9


           other governmental authorities with respect to your Products, and (b)
           proof, in form and substance reasonably requested by Lam, of any
           insurance policies that we might mutually agree you must carry.

17.  SECURITY AND SAFETY MATTERS:

     17.1. Security and Safety Matters: Each party may enter the premises of the
           other party during normal business hours with respect to the
           performance of this Order, subject to facility security regulations
           and US Government clearance requirements, if applicable. Each party
           may, in its sole discretion, remove from its premises any employee,
           contractor or agent of the other not in compliance with such
           regulations. You shall not introduce any substance which is regulated
           by any governmental authority as being a threat to health, safety or
           the environment onto Lam's premises without prior written approval,
           and then only in compliance with law. You shall immediately notify
           Lam if the Products or Services violate any law or have a defect
           threatening health, safety or the environment. Replacements,
           modifications, associated service calls or other acts or items
           required to remedy such defect or violation shall be provided
           promptly and at no cost to Lam or its Customers.

18.  LAM TOOLS:

     18.1. Lam Tools: Any equipment, materials or other items provided or paid
           for by Lam as part of either parties' performance under this GPA (i)
           shall remain the property of Lam, (ii) shall be used by you only in
           performance of Lam's Orders, and (iii) shall be returned to Lam upon
           request.

19.  LAM'S OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS:

     19.1. Orders; Electronic Transmission of Documents: Lam will issue you an
           Order to purchase Products. The Order is subject to your acceptance.
           Your acceptance of the Order will be evidenced by the earlier of
           either your return of a signed Order acknowledgment or your delivery
           of any Products and/or Services pursuant to the Order. Orders and
           other related documents may be issued by Lam in document or
           electronic form, including via electronic data interchange ("EDI"),
           provided that we have established an EDI program between us.

     19.2. Forecasts Generally: Lam will give you forecasts (for Products
           released for Lam production) of estimated quantities of Products it
           may purchase ("Forecast"). The Forecasts are for information purposes
           only, and are simply Lam's estimate at that time of its anticipated
           needs. However, Forecasts may change and may differ significantly
           from Lam's actual Orders. Forecasts are neither commitments to
           purchase nor authorizations by Lam to deliver Product.

     19.3. Payment: Payment shall be made in U.S. dollars (unless otherwise
           agreed) with the following terms: net thirty (30) days after receipt
           of your invoice. At Lam's discretion, any payment you are owed may be
           set off by amounts you otherwise owe to Lam. Any tax, duty, or other
           charge imposed by any taxing authority, shall, upon demand by you, be
           paid by Lam, except where Lam timely provides you with an applicable
           tax exemption certificate.

     19.4. Pricing: Unless otherwise agreed between us, Lam will pay you for
           Product at prices determined according to the terms as stated in
           paragraph 19.3.

     19.5. Agreed Prices: Subject to any volume discounts, the agreed purchase
           price for Products shall be as set forth in the most recent Order,
           unless set forth in the "Price List" attached as Attachment D. Such
           price may be periodically revised by our mutual written agreement.
           Any prices set forth in such price list shall supersede prices in
           Orders. Prices for ordered Products or Services shall not exceed the
           lowest prices offered to your other customers for like Products or
           Services under like terms and circumstances.


                                                                               9
<PAGE>   10


     19.6. Changes in Requirements: Lam may at any time require changes to an
           Order, any Specifications, shipment or packing methods, time or place
           of delivery, and the like ("Change"). A Change is only effective upon
           issuance of a Change Order. If any Change causes a variation in your
           costs or the time required for performing under an Order, a mutually
           agreeable, equitable adjustment will be made in the Order price,
           delivery dates or both, based upon your written, itemized request for
           an adjustment substantiated by evidence reasonably satisfactory to
           Lam; provided that no adjustment will be made unless an actual Change
           Order has been issued.

     19.7. Audit: At reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice, Lam may,
           with Supplier approval, examine your operations and processes which
           pertain to the ordered Products or Services to verify conformance
           with this GPA.

     19.8. Inventions: Any new ideas, creations, works or inventions
           ("Inventions") created by you as part of the specific course and
           scope of engineering design efforts under this agreement (and
           separately paid for apart from product sales) shall be jointly owned
           by the parties. In such matters, each party shall cooperate
           reasonably with the other to pursue any patent, copyright or
           trademark which either party deems appropriate to pursue. Each party
           shall separately own any Invention to the extent arising from its own
           efforts outside of this agreement, except that Lam shall have an
           irrevocable, permanent, fully paid up, royalty free and
           non-transferable license to use, make and have made any of Supplier's
           Inventions to the extent based on, derivative of, or arising from
           Lam's separately created designs; provided that Lam agrees not to
           make or have made any products from such Inventions unless Supplier
           ceases to be a commercially reasonable source of supply for such
           products. In this regard, and without limitation, if Supplier does
           not offer Lam the same price (or lower) that Supplier offers to other
           customers on such products containing the Inventions, Supplier will
           not be deemed a "commercially reasonable source of supply" to Lam.

20.  BOTH OF OUR OBLIGATIONS:

     20.1. Advertising: Neither party shall, without the prior written consent
           of the other, (i) use any identifying names, logos or other
           commercial or product designations of the other party, (ii) make
           reference to the other party in any advertising or other promotion,
           or (iii) disclose the existence of this transaction.

     20.2. Assignment; Subcontracting Approvals: Neither your nor our rights or
           obligations may be assigned to any other person or entity in whole or
           in part, unless the party proposing such assignment has obtained the
           other's prior written consent.

21.  CANCELLATION

     21.1  Cancellation by Supplier: Supplier and Lam agree to work
           cooperatively towards Product consolidation and elimination of slow
           moving Products. Supplier may discontinue availability of slow moving
           Products at any time by giving Lam prior written notice
           ("Discontinuation Notice") offering Lam the opportunity to place a
           "last buy" purchase order. Upon request from Lam, Supplier will
           provide Lam


                                                                              10
<PAGE>   11


           up to six (6) months from date of Discontinuation Notice for
           placement of "last buy" purchase order with deliveries not to exceed
           nine (9) months from date of Discontinuation Notice. Upon request,
           Lam agrees to provide Supplier with a forecast for Products which
           Supplier deems to be slow moving. Supplier agrees to provide Lam with
           the same time period when a Discontinuation Notice is issued by the
           Supplier when the business relationship is truncated by the Supplier.
           Supplier also agrees to continue to provide products that meets the
           mutually agreed upon specification and quality requirements and
           agrees to deliver product per the mutually agreed upon schedule.
           21.1.

     21.2. Cancellation for Default: Either of us may cancel this GPA or any
           Order, in whole or in part, immediately without any cost or liability
           if the other party has (1) failed to perform fully any obligation of
           this GPA and (2) has not cured such failure within thirty (30) days,
           or within a reasonable period if the failure is not curable in thirty
           (30) days, from the date of written notice of the failure to perform.
           If you repeatedly fail to meet scheduled delivery dates,
           Specifications or Quality Requirements, then Lam may, but is not
           obligated to, cancel any Order without cost or liability, and
           exclusive of any other remedy Lam may have under the GPA or
           applicable law.

     21.3. Lam's Commitment for Cancellations for Convenience: Lam may at any
           time cancel for convenience any Order, in whole or in part, upon
           prior written notice or facsimile ("Cancel Notice"). If Lam's Cancel
           Notice is issued three (3) months or more prior to the scheduled
           delivery date, then Lam shall have no liability whatsoever for such
           canceled Products and/or Services. If Lam issues a Cancel Notice less
           than three (3) months in advance of a scheduled delivery date or
           makes a Change, either of which renders your Product inventory or any
           Service performed obsolete, then, with respect to such obsoleted
           inventory or Service, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to
           determine the amount to be paid by Lam. If the parties fail to agree,
           Lam commits to pay your claims for the following enumerated items as
           your sole and exclusive remedy for such cancellation or Change, up to
           a maximum amount not to exceed in any case the total purchase price
           for all Products and/or Services canceled or Changed:

           21.3.1. Completed Products or Services: (i) the purchase price for
                   any such Products or Services Lam has not yet paid for,
                   which are completed in accordance with an Order prior to the
                   date of Lam's Cancel Notice or Change ("Notice Date"), to the
                   extent such Products comply with the applicable Quality
                   Requirements and Specifications in effect prior to the Notice
                   Date, and to the extent such Services comply with the Order
                   or Attachment A (as applicable); provided, however, that Lam
                   will not pay for any Products or Services completed after the
                   Notice Date.

           21.3.2. Product WIP and Raw Materials: and, with respect to Products
                   only, (ii) the actual costs incurred by you prior to the
                   Notice Date for Raw Materials and WIP which are allocable to
                   the canceled or changed portion of the Order, less any
                   salvage value. However, in all cases your recovery will be
                   limited as follows: (a) you will only be reimbursed for Raw
                   Materials and WIP which are not cancelable, salable, or
                   otherwise usable by you; (b) the reasonable manufacturing
                   cycle time period for the Products in question will be the
                   maximum period for which you may claim WIP costs prior to the
                   Notice Date; and (c) the reasonable lead time necessary to
                   order Raw Materials for the Products in question will be the
                   maximum period for which you may claim Raw Materials' costs
                   prior to the Cancel Date. "WIP" means all labor performed and
                   material that has been transformed, altered or processed by
                   you, your contractors, agents or consultants pursuant and
                   directly allocable to the Order. "Raw Materials" mean
                   materials, excluding WIP, that have been purchased or
                   committed to by you in good faith for the Order.


                                                                              11
<PAGE>   12


22.  Your Obligations Upon Notice of Cancellation or Specification Change:
     Immediately following your receipt of a Cancellation Notice or notice of a
     Change (as defined previously), you must (i) stop all work, (ii) incur no
     further costs, and (iii) protect all property in which Lam has or may
     acquire an interest or for which you feel Lam is obligated to pay. You are
     also required to use reasonable efforts to minimize any Damages to you
     which could result from the cancellation or Change. Lam's liability under
     this GPA will be decreased to the extent you fail to take such actions. In
     the event of cancellation or Change, Lam may require you promptly to
     transfer and assign title and immediately deliver to Lam any completed
     Products, WIP, Raw Materials, Lam Tools, Intellectual Property,
     confidential information and other items that you have produced or acquired
     for the performance of the canceled or Changed portions of the Order. All
     claims by you for any cancellation or Change must be substantiated with
     evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lam.

     22.1. In no event will Lam be liable to you any consequential, special,
           indirect or punitive damages of any kind.

23.  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION:

     23.1. Confidential Information: In the course of performing our obligations
           under this GPA, we may obtain or be provided with each other's
           confidential information. We will in all cases attempt to enter into
           specific non-disclosure agreements to protect each other's
           confidential information from unauthorized disclosure and use.
           However, in the absence of such non-disclosure agreements, you agree,
           for five years from the date you receive Lam's confidential
           information, neither to use the confidential information in any
           manner which would result in a disclosure to third parties (except as
           necessary to perform your obligations under this GPA), nor disclose
           it to any third party (except to your employees with a need to know
           and who previously sign an agreement protecting Lam's rights). You
           also agree to limit your use of such information as needed to carry
           out your obligations under this Agreement. You shall prevent
           unauthorized disclosure by using the same degree of care you use to
           prevent disclosure of your own confidential information, but not less
           than a reasonable degree of care. Lam confidential information shall
           be immediately returned upon request. Either party providing the
           other with confidential information shall clearly mark it as such or,
           in the event of oral or intangible information, may identify it in
           writing as confidential within a reasonable time. In the event either
           party inadvertently discloses any item of confidential information
           not so marked or identified, the other party's sole recourse shall be
           to prevent any further disclosure of such information.

24.  INDEMNITY:

     24.1. Indemnity: Subject to other provisions herein, each party agrees to
           defend, indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and against
           all Damages (including without limitation court costs and reasonable
           fees of attorneys and other professionals) arising out of the
           indemnifying party's acts or omissions or breach of any term in this
           GPA.

25.  MISCELLANEOUS:

     25.1. Relationship of the Parties: You are an independent contractor under
           this GPA. This GPA is not to be construed as creating an employment,
           agency, partnership, joint venture or any other relationship or form
           of legal association between us.

     25.2. Insolvency: In the event that a party: (i) becomes insolvent or
           unable to pay its debts or perform its obligations as they mature;
           (ii) becomes the subject of any voluntary or involuntary proceeding
           in liquidation, dissolution, receivership, attachment, composition or
           general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (iii) pursues any
           other remedies under any other law relating to relief for debtors,
           then such party will provide prompt notice to the other and
           reasonable assurances therefore, as may be requested from the other
           party from time to


                                                                              12
<PAGE>   13


           time, that it can and will perform its obligations under an Order or
           this GPA. If such notices or assurances are not received in a timely
           manner or are not reasonably satisfactory to the party receiving the
           assurances, then such party may terminate any Order or this GPA in
           whole or in part without any cost or liability.

     25.3. Entire Agreement: This GPA, together with all attachments,
           constitutes our entire understanding and agreement with respect to
           the subject matter of this GPA, and supersedes all prior and
           contemporaneous understandings, representations and agreements,
           whether written or oral, with respect to such subject matter. Any
           other terms or conditions, including those in either party's purchase
           orders, invoices, confirming documents and the like, are deemed
           deleted unless attached hereto or separately agreed to in writing to
           be a part of this Agreement. This GPA may only be modified by our
           written agreement.

     25.4. Notices: All notices must be in writing and are deemed effective on
           the earlier of: the date of personal delivery, the receipt of
           confirmed telex or fax; or, if given by mail, three business days
           after the date deposited in the United States mails, postage prepaid,
           registered or certified, with return receipt requested. Notices will
           be addressed to Lam and Supplier at their respective addresses
           appearing in the signature block of this GPA, but each party may
           change its address by prior written notice.

     25.5. Governing Law: This GPA will be governed and construed in all
           respects by the laws of the State of California without regard to
           conflict of laws considerations. Unless otherwise agreed,
           implementation and jurisdiction of any litigation or other dispute
           resolution modality will be in Santa Clara County, California.

     25.6. Disputes: If either one of us is aware of a dispute, controversy or
           claim arising out of this GPA or the Products or Services provided
           ("Dispute"), then that party will immediately give written notice to
           the other. We will first try to resolve the Dispute through good
           faith negotiation and by whatever escalation policies are agreed
           between us. However, if we cannot resolve the Dispute by negotiation,
           then, within 90 days after written request from either of us to the
           other ("Arbitration Notice"), the Dispute shall be submitted to
           binding arbitration administered in accordance with the American
           Arbitration Association's Commercial Arbitration Rules and
           Supplementary Procedures for Large Complex Disputes ("Rules").
           Arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English by a single
           arbitrator selected by the parties, who must have at least ten (10)
           years' of dispute resolution experience in related industry matters,
           or be either a retired judge or a practicing lawyer. Each party may
           conduct such discovery as it deems necessary; however the arbitrator
           may limit the conduct of such discovery as appropriate. The
           arbitrator may only provide remedies available under California law,
           and in no event in excess of those permitted under this GPA. The
           arbitrator may not fashion any provisional or other equitable relief.
           The award shall be final and binding on the parties, and each party
           waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any appeal right it
           may have in any jurisdiction. The existence, proceedings, discovery
           and results of the arbitration may not be disclosed, without prior
           written consent of both parties. Filing a judicial action for
           recording a notice of pending action, order of attachment,
           receivership, injunction or other provisional remedies shall not
           waive or diminish these arbitration rights.

     25.7. Attorneys Fees: In any judicial or arbitration proceeding arising out
           of this GPA, or the Products or Services provided, the prevailing
           party is entitled to recover all reasonable costs incurred pertaining
           to such proceeding, including without limitation reasonable costs and
           fees of attorneys or other professionals ("Expenses"), except that
           (i) if the prevailing party has at any time refused a settlement
           offer pertaining to such dispute which is equal to or greater than
           the prevailing party's actual recovery as determined in such judicial
           or arbitration proceeding, then no such Expenses will be awarded, and
           (ii) if the prevailing party has at any time refused a settlement
           offer pertaining to such dispute which is less than the prevailing
           party's actual


                                                                              13
<PAGE>   14


            recovery as determined in such judicial or arbitration proceeding,
            then any such Expenses associated with recovering the difference
            between the refused settlement offer and the actual recovery must
            bear a reasonable relation to such difference.

     25.8.  Order of Precedence: The following list of documents is the order of
            precedence which will govern any situation where there is a conflict
            of terms and conditions among these documents or obligations of the
            parties: (i) any supplemental terms or instructions on the face of
            Lam's Orders accepted by you will govern first and foremost; then
            (ii) the terms of this GPA (including any modifications or addenda)
            then (iii) the Specifications; and then (iv) the Quality
            Requirements.

     25.9.  Severability: To the extent any part of this GPA is determined to be
            unenforceable, the remaining provisions will remain in effect and be
            interpreted and enforced to effectuate the intent of the parties.

     25.10. Counterparts; Successors: This GPA may be signed in counterparts.
            This GPA binds and inures to the benefit of the parties' respective
            successors or permitted assignees.

     25.11. Survival: The following sections of this GPA (as denoted by the
            following list of corresponding captions) and related subsections,
            if any, shall survive expiration or early termination of this GPA:
            Warranty; Intellectual Property; Customs; Advertising; Cancellation;
            Compliance with Laws; Confidential Information; Indemnity; Security
            Procedures; Attorneys Fees; Disputes; Entire Agreement; Force
            Majeure; Governing Law; Notices; Order of Precedence; Severability;
            Successors; Survival; Waiver; and Definitions.

     25.12. Waiver: Failure by a party to take affirmative action with respect
            to any breach of these terms by the other party shall not be
            construed as a waiver of that breach or of future breaches.

     25.13. Addenda: Proposed addendum(a) or modification(s) shall be mutually
            agreed upon in writing by local management and forwarded to the Lam
            Commodity Manager (CM), who shall review the addendum or
            modification for consistency with this Agreement. Upon acceptance by
            both Lam and Supplier, the proposed addendum(a) or modification(s)
            shall be incorporated into this Agreement. If the proposed
            addendum(a) or modification(s) is rejected by either party, the CM
            shall return it to the originator and identify the reason for
            rejection.

     25.14. Limitation of Liability: In no event will either party be liable to
            the other party for any consequential, special, indirect or punitive
            damages.

     25.15. Miscellaneous: Neither the section headings nor the recitals are
            intended to be terms of this GPA or used to interpret the terms of
            this GPA, or any attachment hereto.

     25.16. Corrective Action : If Lam is dissatisfied with performance for
            (3.3) Technical Support Documents; or (5.1) Delivery and Quality
            Goals; or (6.4) Reliability Road Map; or (10.4) Delivery of Report;
            then Supplier will put in place a mutually agreed upon corrective
            action plan that will address the issue.

26.  DEFINITIONS: As used in this GPA, the following capitalized terms have the
     following meanings:

     26.1.  "Excused Event" means a breach of your obligations under this GPA
            which is either waived


                                                                              14
<PAGE>   15

            in writing by Lam, caused by a force majeure event, caused by a Lam
            change order, or otherwise caused solely by Lam.

     26.2.  "Order" shall mean any purchase order, change order or other
            document requesting Supplier to provide Products or Services. The
            terms and conditions of this Agreement are hereby incorporated by
            reference into any such Order.

     26.3.  "Product" means all Products and other items ordered by Lam from
            you, including, without limitation, assemblies, parts, spare parts,
            software, hardware and upgrades.

     26.4.  "Service" means work to be performed by Supplier pursuant to an
            Order or this GPA, including, without limitation, installation,
            qualification, maintenance, warranty repair, service call,
            upgrades/modification, refurbishment, retrofits, spares and service
            contract work.

     26.5.  "Refurbishment" shall mean replacement of non-defective components
            in the repair process that have: 1) known reliability problems; 2)
            wear due to usage that will likely cause the FRU to fail within one
            year after installation; 3) high failure rates based upon the FRU
            component failure data; or are a part of preventative maintenance.

     26.6.  "Upgrade" shall mean a component or part that can be added to the
            FRU to enhance its performance to the current revision level.

     26.7.  "Retrofit" shall mean to replace a Product's components or parts to
            insure that the Product meets the applicable Specification and
            Quality Requirements.

     26.8.  "PM" shall mean Preventative Maintenance.

     26.9.  "FRU" shall mean "Field Replaceable Unit", which is the assembly or
            part used to repair products in the field.

     26.10. "NTF" shall mean No Trouble Found.

     26.11. "Significant Change" shall mean any change that affects Fit, Form
            or Function.

ATTACHMENTS:

     Documents, attachments, schedules, exhibits which are attached and
     incorporated by reference into this Agreement are referenced below:

     Yes      General Agreement
     Yes      Attachment A - Global In-Country Repair/Exchange Support Agreement
     No       Attachment B - Global On-site/Repair Support Agreement
     Yes      Attachment C - Volume Discounts
     Yes      Attachment D - Price List
     No       Attachment E - Critical Components
     Yes      Attachment F - Consigned Inventory Agreement (CIA)
     No       Attachment G - Software Agreement
     No       Other _____________________________________________________


                                                                              15
<PAGE>   16


The parties have caused this GPA to be executed by their duly authorized
representatives.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                           <C>
ADVANCED ENERGY INDUSTRIES, INC.              LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

Principal Place of Business:                  Principal Place of Business:
1625 Sharp Point Drive                        Cushing Parkway
Fort Collins, Colorado 80525, USA             Fremont, California 94538, USA

/s/ Allen G. Vallei                           /s/ Manuel C. Carreira, Jr.
- ----------------------                        ---------------------------
Signature                                     Signature

Allen G. Vallei                               Manuel C. Carreira, Jr.
Printed Name                                  Printed Name

Western Region Manager                        Sr. Commodity Mgr.
Title                                         Title

10/12/99                                      10/12/99
Dated                                         Dated
</TABLE>


                                                                              16
<PAGE>   17
1 OF 2

                                SCHEDULE 1 TO OEM
                           GLOBAL PURCHASING AGREEMENT
                   Technical Support Requirement Specification

Purpose: To define Lam`s Technical Support requirements to Suppliers for
documentation and support materials on equipment sold to Lam Research Corp.

Documentation Requirements: All documents/procedures must be printed on regular
paper (clean room paper available at extra cost) and available in PDF electronic
format.

Categories: The types of documentation required to support Lam's Technical
Support Group is as follows:

     I.   Support Documentation

     II.  Documentation Distribution List

     III. Training

I.   SUPPORT DOCUMENTATION

                                  DELIVERABLES

     -    Theory of operations showing design criteria, functionality of the
          component/system and performance specifications

o    Safety - Provide necessary information to conform to CE-Mark/S2
     requirements, including but not limited to:

     -    Safety Features/Precautions

     -    EMO description with block diagram and interface and interconnect
          schematic

     -    Hardware and software Interlocks

     -    Lockout/tag-out of hazardous voltages

     -    Labeling of hazards and cautions

o        Configuration/Operation Instructions for proper operation:

     -    Pre-run Checklist

     -    Specification defining all software I/O points including default
          values for each configuration type.

o    Indicators:

     -    Category/definitions

     -    Causes for each indicator

     -    Recovery steps for each indicator

o    Installation/Startup Procedures:

     -    A comprehensive Installation/Startup manual must depict how to
          Prepare, Install and Startup the component/system

o    Schematics:

     -    All non-proprietary schematics are available in hard copy only but are
          not included in the manual (available upon request)

     -    Schematics must be available for but not limited to: cables, PC boards
          and interconnect drawings

o    Maintenance Procedures:

     -    Procedures necessary for preparation of the system

o    Troubleshooting Guide:

     -    A comprehensive Troubleshooting Guide must be provided in the form of
          a decision tree or table


                                                                              17
<PAGE>   18


                      II. DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION LIST

                                  DELIVERABLES

o    Documentation Distribution:

     -    Lam Commodity Management (or designee) must receive copies of all
          proposed ECN's


                          III. TRAINING DOCUMENTATION

                                  DELIVERABLES

o    Training classes must be made available prior to first Product shipment.
     Additional training classes can be provided at an additional cost. Lam may
     have the authority to video tape any training course provided by Supplier.
     Training classes must include the following:

     -    Maintenance Procedures

     -    Calibration Procedures

     -    FRU Replacement Procedures

     -    Serviceability Procedures




                                                                              18

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1

                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Name                                                                   or Organization
- ----                                                           -----------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Advanced Energy Japan K.K.                                                   Japan

Advanced Energy Industries GmbH                                              Germany

Advanced Energy Industries U.K. Limited                                  United Kingdom

Advanced Energy Industries, FSC Inc.                                     Virgin Islands

Tower Electronics, Inc.                                                     Minnesota

Advanced Energy Industries Korea, Inc.                                     South Korea

Advanced Energy Voorhees, Inc.                                             New Jersey

LITMAS                                                                     California

Advanced Energy Taiwan, Ltd.                                                 Taiwan

AEI US Subsidiary, Inc.                                                     Delaware

Advanced Energy California, Inc.                                           California

Advanced Energy Nevada, LLC                                                  Nevada

Advanced Energy Voorhees Nevada, LLC                                         Nevada

Advanced Energy Industries Texas, L.P.                                        Texas
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   1
                              ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1





                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of
our report included in this Form 10-K, into the Company's previously filed
Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-01616, 333-04073, 333-46705,
333-57233, 333-65413, 333-79425 and 333-79429).



                                         /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP



Denver, Colorado,
March 17, 2000.


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors
Advanced Energy Industries, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated January 16, 1998 with respect to the
consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash
flows of RF Power Products, Inc. and subsidiary, currently known as Advanced
Energy Voorhees, Inc., for the year ended November 30, 1997 and the related
schedule (not separately presented herein), which report appears in the annual
report on Form 10-K of Advanced Energy Industries, Inc. for the year ended
December 31, 1999. We also consent to incorporation by reference of such report
in the registration statements (Nos. 333-79425 and 333-79429) on Form S-8 and
the registration statements (Nos. 333-87455, 333-87459 and 333-90469) on Form
S-3 of Advanced Energy Industries, Inc.


/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 17, 2000


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                                          19,352
<SECURITIES>                                   186,440
<RECEIVABLES>                                   43,880
<ALLOWANCES>                                     (537)
<INVENTORY>                                     25,474
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               280,621
<PP&E>                                          34,665
<DEPRECIATION>                                (17,990)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 312,385
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           28,752
<BONDS>                                        135,000
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            28
<OTHER-SE>                                     148,319
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   312,385
<SALES>                                        183,958
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               183,958
<CGS>                                          102,101
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  102,101
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                56,516
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,206
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 27,084
<INCOME-TAX>                                    10,177
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             16,838
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    16,838
<EPS-BASIC>                                       0.62
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.59


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission